Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 296

Doors

Specifications
Fastener Tightening Specifications
Specification
A pplicatio n Metric English
Armrest Mounting Screw 5 N-m 44 ib in
Check Strap Bolt 10 N-m 89 Ib in
Door Hinge Bolt 35 N-m 26 Ib ft
Door Hinge Nut 35 N-m 26 Ib ft
Door Lock and Actuator Assembly Mounting Bolt 9 N-m 80 Ib in
Door Striker Bolt 28 N-m 211b ft
Door Striker Screw 8 N-m 75 Ib in
Mini Wedge Door Striker Bolt 63 N-m 46 Ib ft
Outside Door Handle Mounting Bolt 4 N-m 35 Ib in
Outside Rearview Mirror Retaining Nut 6 N-m 53 Ib in
Side Access Door Latch Bolt 24 N-m 181b ft
Side Access Door Lower Striker Bolt 10 N-m 891b in
Trim Panel Armrest Screw 2 N-m 181b in
Window Run Channel Screw 2 N-m 181b in
Window Sash Channel Bolt 6 N-m 53 Ib in

GM SPO Group Numbers


A pplication GM SPO Group Number
Front Door 16.150
Front Door Hinge 16.320
Front Door Inner Belt Sealing Strip 16.183
Front Door Lock 16.330
Front Door Lock Control 16.341
Front Door Lock Cylinder 16.238
Front Door Lock Cylinder Rod 16.341
Front Door Lock Lever 16.341
Front Door Lock Rod 16.341
Front Door Lock Rod Guide 16.332
Front Door Outer Belt Sealing Strip 16.183
Front Door Outside Handle 16.350
Front Door Outside Handle Lock Rod 16.341
Front Door Speaker Grille 9.665
Front Door Trim Panel 16.165
Front Door Water Deflector 16.150
Front Door Window 16.180
Front Door Window Channel 16.190
Front Door Window Regulator 16.260
Front Door Window Regulator Handle 16.270
Front Door Window Sash 16.190
Front Door Window Sash Filler 16.190
Front Door Window Weatherstrip 16.183
GM SPO Group Numbers (cont’d)
Application GM SPO Group Number
Harness - Power Window/Lock 16.263
Outside Mirror Switch 16.068
Pressure Relief Valve 16.520
Window Switch 16.263

Schematic and Routing Diagrams


Power Door Systems Schematic References
Section Number - Subsection
Reference on Schematic Name
Ground Distribution Cell - 14 8 - Wiring Systems

Interior Lamps Cell - 114 8 - Lighting Systems

Power Distribution Cell -10 8 - Wiring Systems

Release Systems Cell - 134 8 - Body Rear End

Power Door Systems Schematic Icons


icon icon Definition
Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices.

330402
Power Windows Schematics (Cell 120: PK LPS Fuse, PWR WDO Circuit Breaker, Power Window Master Switch, 09
Left Front Motor, G202 (Crew Cab/Suburban/Utility))) O
a
(Hot At All Times 1 I Hot In RUN j m
i |p 1 Convenience 3
I P o w ers-----— I p „ |p „ Power
rower <$- ~ t PWRWDO| a
Distribution * S LFr Distribution A2 4 Q rcujf rU 6 © D4 ’ Center
8 Cell 10 r SFuse
sf 99. Cell 10 J Breaker SBlock >
Interior X" G5
20 A A3
30 A L _ J£ —J ao
Switch
Lamps 3 1 3 343”
C210 ■e >
m
Cell 114
0.8 ORN 240 2 YEL 0.8 BRN m
1 0.8 BRN 9
9
m
L _ _ _ H S210
G298 ©
0.8 BRN 0.8 BRN 0.8 BRN 0.8 BRN ■t
Power Window — »— m
Master Switch 9 B 9 Power \ /s2 4 7 9 m
2 YEL 343 Mirrors
P500
S . A UP C2 C2 2 LT GRN C243 C el 147
2 LTGRN
RR • e— * H 170 170 ■& >
Window | V y
2 PPL 0.8 BLK 150
Cl Cl 2 PPL
/J 171 G 171 2 DK BLU
S263
V 2 DK BLU 1307 &>
2 DK BLU 1307 1307 ■& >
j? - . ^1 C2 C2 2 DK GRN 2 DKGRN
LR 1 .— , 168 168
Window | r r '
" C1 C1 2 PPL 0.8 BRN 2 PPL 0.8 BLK &>
J C2
K
C2
169
2 BLK S500 0.8 BLK
E
;
A C243 C206 169
t °?9B 2 BLK
150
2 BLK S259 0.8 BLK
js>
150 T \ i 150 2 YEL 343 150 S251 150 150
Cl Cl 2 YEL £P500 Ground
1S501 0.8 BRN Distribution
L 343 'P500 Cell 14
/ r , UP 02 1 C2 2 LT BLU P®00 C243 2 LT BLU
RF 1 .— , 166 166
Window | : ¥ ' 1
Z2 C2 2 TAN 2 TAN
— 4>—
“V®dn„ J
187
150
*/ 1
- , up '1 C2 2 DK BLU
LF ' •— , 1 A 164
Window | : T 2 BRN
1 C2 !C2 G202
\ * DN ' . J 165
C1 .0 1 2 BLK 150
I LF
Illumination 1 >0 0.8 BRN Power
C1 .0 1
Lamp y Window
Motor
0.5 BLK 150 O
ftiwiteh 1—a ......... !......... o
Illumination f k> 0.8 BRN o
Lamp ....p .
2 YEL 343
m
Lockout %
'm^ P500 2 DK BLU 00
Swftnh .......... .........
B -H ttb- m
m
<0
8-840 Doc __________________________________________
Body and A ccessories___________________________________________________________________________
| Hot At All Times | [WotinlGil
I Power «#” Power ^ ------- —f ~ ^ (P Ground
Distribution PK LPS Distribution A2 4 p w r woo 1Fuse D4 Distribution
1 Cell 10 ! Fuse 9 Cell 10 ) Circuit Breaker I B lo c k Cell 14
G5 20 A A3 30 A i L —' ; _ j
i D' C210 i
0.8 ORN 240 2 YEL 343~ 2 YEL 343 S251 #-
H S266 ♦

0
Headlamp 2 YEL 343
• And Panel LF Power
Left Front Window
-f >Dimmer Window 2 BLK 150
Switch Auto
Window Master
Down Switch . __ F, . C209
0.8 BRN 9 Interior Module
S210 1 1 ----------- ► Lamps Right Front Window ^P50Q
Call 114
B 4C298 2 YEL 343 S500 <
0.8 BRN 9 I
S247
T |C 2 0 6 | Window
7 E. C213
(T S Illumination 2 YEL 343 Ground
rP500 Interior \tr Lamp Distribution
S502 Lamps 2 BLU 343 Cell 14
0.8 BRN 9 Ceil 114 2 BLK 150
2 BLK 150

2 LT BLU 166
0.8 BLK 150 2 TAN 167 ,2 YEL 343
SP500
H C209 F< C206 S259
0.8 BRN 9
2 LT BLU 166 2 TAN* 167 S501f
A_ B C215 q H . C213
Fuse Block
L -----t« Details
0.8 BRN Cell 11
’ 2 LT BLU 166
^P600 P600:
2 BLU
0.8 BLK 150 2 TAN 167 343
B L I
(around
RF Distribution
L _ e _ r u t , - i Window 2 BRN 165 Cell 14
Illumination Lamp ^ , UP Switch
2 DK BLU 164 7
G] R' f I
• 5 BLK 150
2 DK BLU 666 2 BRN 667
A, ___ _bJ
RF LF
Solid \ Power r \ Solid \ Power
w State J Window (M l State J Window
L _ |J Motor v Motor G202

495938
8-842
[HoTAxSnSr^\
-i|p
i
rS l ution^wicieLTR [Fuse

Doors________________________________________________________________________________________
Fuse 13 Wiring
1 Cell 10 r
I C3 "
20 A
i Block Systems
Cell 19
L- — — — — — _ j
0.8 ORN 640
Suburban/ Pickup Door Lock
Utility Cab Control 0
Module
Power
Distribution
Cell 10
1 ORN 640
S264
k Battery
Lock
Signal
Unlock
Signal
Door
Jam
Switch
Rear Door
Switch
Signal Ground l if k
1 ORN 640 1 ORN 640 B ItA
0.5 PPL 328
1 ORN 640 1 LT BLU 195
■* Convenience 0.5 ORN/ 1897
BLK 0.8 BLK 150
e 1Center
l
1 ORN 640
L —X —J
w/Cargo
V B
0.5 BLK 150
Power C210 Doors Door
Distribution 640 1 WHT 194 Jamb
Cell 10 Switch,
S256 1 ORN C|01 1 QRN
Rear
1 ORN 640 640 0.8 ORN 640 640 h 640 ..'5 4 3 4 (Closed w/door
open) S410
F. . C213
i
1 ORN 640 1 ORN 640 i
* P500 ^ P600 i
D B A
' "■ Door Door Ground

rJ ri
Lock Unlock Lock Lock Unlock [Lock Lock Unlock Lock Distribution

~ l . Switch, »Switch, RF r ” 1 Switch,


Cell 14

Rear
at Rest)
c E E C D H
1 LT BLU 195 1 WHT 194 1 LT BLU 195 1 WHT 194 1 LT BLU 195 1 WHT 194
5 P500 ^ £ P600
E, , C209 D. _ _ _ _ _ _C, . C213 S431 «

0.8 LT BLU 195 0.8 LT BLU 195 0.8 WHT 194 1 LT BLU 195
0.8 WHT 194. S261 C302 S 432#
«-
F 5 BLK 150
S257 1 WHT C302 1 WHT 194
— «—
194
0.8 LT BLU 195 0.8 WHT 194
G400
V V
Body and A ccessories____________________________________________________________________________
fw irin T o ^ Door Lock
Relay
r T PWR ACCY
Power Fuse
Circuit Breaker
Distribution -4 -
Cell 10 20A Block
A6 K Regular/
J Extended Cab
A 7 f 30A Except
Regular/
Extended Cab 0
2 ORN 540 B
>S296
" ■* Convenience
0

2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295


Door
D, ,C209
& P500
B, ,C213
t

^ P600
E, ,C499
* P700
E, ,C497
%

^ P800
E
rT RH
Contactor,

2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295 2 GRY 295 B Cargo


2 GRY 295
A A✓ > A /\ A
Al
Door Door
Lock Lock
Motor, Motor,
RR Cargo
(4 Door
Only)
\f ■Nf
b"
2 TAN 294
BJ
2 TAN 294
b'
2 TAN 294
B
2 TAN 294 BT
2 TAN 294
ii^PSOQ ^ P600 » P700 ^P 800 A1
Door
c , ^C209

2 TAN 294
A JXC 2ia
J
2 TAN 294
D / C499
yV
D4 C497

2 TAN 294
S
at
A
Contactor,
RH
Cargo
2 TAN

G202
8-844 Doors_________________________________________________________________________________________
0
0 |°2Doo'rj
0 . 0302
0.5 PPL 328

0.5 PPL 328


V

fTpooTI

1 BLK 150
Distribution
Ground

Cell 14
Door Locks Schematics (Cell 130: PWR ACCY Circuit Breaker, Door Lock Switches, Door Lock Motors, G202 (Pickup/Extended Cab))

Body and A ccessories___________________________________________________________________________


[Hot At All Times |

Distribution AS If PWR-ACCY I Fuse


Cell 10 ( Circuit
A7> Breaker
ie io ck
20 A I

0
J
2 ORN 540
r — ■"""•C onvenience

|D3<
0
' Center
l
Power L - 2£ j
Distributio n
Cell 10 c
C210
1 ORN 540
P500 P600
1 ORN C209 1 ORN 1 ORN 1 ORN
—<«—
540 540 S255
Door Door
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Lock
*
Switch, LF Switch, RF
(Shown (Shown
at Rest) at Rest)
i i
.C A B E
(W/Pwr 1 BLK 150 1 BLK 150 2 BLK 150
Wdo)
1 WHT 194
S500 Ground
L — —_____ <+»._ . Distribution
1 LT BLU 195 Cell 14 294
£ P500 : P50° C209 1 |_T BLU S251
-------- irf>~ 195 I
I
I
P500 I 2 BLK 150
1 GRY
4>» A
295
295 Ground
Distribution S259
Cell 14
Door Lock
Motor, LF
3 BLK 150

294 P®°° C209 1 TAN 0213 MG202


---------- il-------» — —«—
294 S600
8-846
plrtMirimesI Power
!" Power "! IP Outside °c
j Fuse Rearview

Doors_________________________________________________________________________________________
* Distribution < -------1 r Q
Ce„10 BlOCk Mirror
G7 V 20A r . Switch 2d
0.8 ORN 40
r ” ‘ ---------- -i >S242
0.8 ORN 40
0
Power
Distribution
Cell 10

t
L .

0 J ORN 40 0.8 ORN 40

^P 500
Interior 0.8 BRN
Lamps
Cell 114 * 9

0.8 LTGRN 89
0.8 LT BLU 82
0.8 RED 981
0.8 RED

A B C
LH
L | Power
ill Up/Down 7xm Outside
Motor
m Motor Rearview
r Mirror

364963
Body and A ccessories____________________________________________________________________________
Hot in RUN And START
rp ^ 7 - - - - underhood
.Distribution F9 % RR-DEFOQ FlIS G
I Power < — ^— T
- Distribution M6 L HTR-A/C
] lp
Fuse
I
Cell 10 ^ Fuse
G10V 0 f
i
Block
I
Cell 10
N
r * Fuse 12
5V> 25 A
N5V !Block
e
i i

0
.
_ j
2 ORN 1440 1 BRN 141 Power
S268<l _ -----------^

0
A3, C100 Distribution
Cell 10
2 0R n " 1440 1 BRN 141
Suburban/ Suburban/ Extended A jI C1 B , ,C1
Utility Utility And HVAC
w/o Liftgate w/Liftgate Crew Cab
Window Control
4JT Defogger
Switch,
Module
3 PPL 3 PPL 292 Rear
6 1 (W )
Solid State >------------- --- 1
A. .C406 I it k
Time Delay K
3 PPL 293 Relay £ ----------- \ <
^ P400 jT led

p ■“ ""Cargo "* Cargo 3 PPL 293


'I _! D° ° r * w [Door A
; Contactor, , ~ K , Contactor, Window Window
s* \
L _ LH L _ JRH Defogger
Grid,
Defogger
Grid,
2 C3 C Cl
A
Rear Rear 0.8 BLK 150
2 BLK 150
Cargo Cargo A
Door Door *8298
Defogger Defogger 3BLK 150 Ground
Grid, Grid, S2181 Distribution
Ceil 14
LR RH Ground
£ P400 Distribution
I Carao B C406 2 PPL
Ceil 14
2 BLK 150 T
I
S204 i ^ J
L_ Y _
A
jDoor
C o n te n to r \~
X~\ Contactor, 3 BLK 150 1 Convenience
1Center
3 BLK 150
1 BLK 150

3 BLK 150

1S410
150

C298
lG400 AG300 B G 2 00

423973
8-848 Doors ______________________________________________________________________________________
Component Locator
Power Door Systems Components
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Cargo Door Contactor, On the rear body opening and the door, on Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Side the upper left side Component Views Connector End Views
Cargo Door Contactor, On the rear body opening and the door, on Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Side the upper right side Component Views Connector End Views
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
Under the left side of the IP, on the Component Views Connector End Views
Convenience Center bulkhead in Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Doorjamb At the rear body opening, part of the right
Component Views Connector End Views
Switch, Cargo rear cargo door contactor in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Door Jamb Switch, Component Views Connector End Views
At the left end of the IP
Left Front in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Door Jamb Switch, At the center inside edge of the left Component Views Connector End Views
Left Rear side B Pillar in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Door Jamb Switch, At the right end of the IP Component Views Connector End Views
Right Front in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Door Jamb Switch, At the center inside edge of the right Component Views Connector End Views
Right Rear side £ pillar
in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Door Lock Motor, Inside the right rear door, at the lower right Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Cargo corner Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Motor, Inside the left front door, part of the door Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Front handle Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Motor, Inside the left rear door, part of the door Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Rear handle Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Motor, Inside the right front door, part of the door Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Front handle Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Motor, Inside the right rear door, part of the door Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Rear handle Component Views Connector End Views
Under the center of the IP, near the Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Door Lock Relay remote control door lock receiver Component Views Connector End Views
Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Door Lock Switch, Rear On top of the right D pillar Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Switch, On the left front door trim panel, below the Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Front inside door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Door Lock Switch, On the right front door trim panel, below Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Front the inside door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Lighting Systems Lighting Systems
Headlamp and Panel Lower Left side of the IP Component Views Connector End Views
Dimmer Switch in Lighting Systems in Lighting Systems
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
IP Fuse Block LH of the IP, near the LF door jamb switch Component Views Connector End Views
in Wiring Systems in Wiring Systems
Power Outside Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Rearview Mirror, LH Outside Left Front Door Component Views Connector End Views
Power Outside On the right front door, near the center of Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Rearview Mirror, RH the A Pillar Component Views Connector End Views
Power Outside Drivers Door Panel, below the inside door Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Rearview Mirror Switch handle Component Views Connector End Views
Power Door Systems Components (cont’d)
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Power Window On the left front door, below the inside Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Master Switch door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Motor, Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
In the left front door, near the speaker
Left Front Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Motor, Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
In the left rear door, near the speaker
Left Rear Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Motor, Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
In the right front door, near the speaker
Right Front Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Motor, Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
In the right rear door, near the speaker
Right Rear Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Switch, On the left front door trim panel, below the Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Front inside door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Switch, On the left front door trim panel, below the Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Left Rear inside door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Switch, On the right front door trim panel, below Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Front the inside door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Power Window Switch, On the right rear door, below the inside Power Door Systems Power Door Systems
Right Rear door handle Component Views Connector End Views
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C206 Inside the lower left side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C207 Inside the lower left side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C209 Inside the lower left side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C210 At the convenience center End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C213 Inside the lower right side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C214 Inside the lower right side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C215 Inside the lower right side A pillar End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C243 Part of the crossbody harness End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C280 At the convenience center End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Behind the left side of the IP, near the Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C298 convenience center End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C301 At the left front kick panel End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Harness Routing Views Inline Harness Connector
C302 At the LF kick panel End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Power Door Systems Components (cont’d)
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views End Views in Wiring
C496 In the right side B pillar in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views End Views in Wiring
C498 In the left side B pillar in Wiring Systems Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views End Views in Wiring
C499 In the left side B pillar in Wiring Systems Systems
Power and Grounding
On the right side of the instrument panel,
G202 Component Views in —
mounted to the HVAC plenum bracket Wiring Systems
Power and Grounding
G400 On the right side B pillar, near the door Component Views in —
(Utility/Suburban) striker Wiring Systems
Harness Routing Views
P500 At the left front door in Wiring Systems —
Harness Routing Views
P600 At the right front door in Wiring Systems —
Harness Routing Views
P700 At the left rear door in Wiring Systems
Harness Routing Views
P800 At the right rear door in Wiring Systems

IP harness, approx. 10 cm (4 in) from


S204 C100, towards Data Link Connector (DLC) — —
IP harness, approx. 6 cm (2.5 in) from IP
S208 compartment box lamp breakout — ■
S210 IP harness, approx. 4 cm (1.5 in) from
auxiliary power outlet breakout — —
(Gas)
IP harness, approx. 16 cm (6 in) from
S218 ■ — —
inflatable restraint switch breakout
IP harness, approx. 12 cm (4.5 in) from
S242 inflatable restraint switch breakout, — —
towards the Auxiliary Power Connectors
Crossbody harness, approx. 6 cm (2.5 in)
S247 — —
into LH door harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 35 cm (13 in)
S248 before the LF door harness breakout, — —
from C301
Crossbody harness, approx. 13 cm (5 in)
S251 from LF Door harness breakout, toward IP — —
harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 12 cm (4.5 in)
S256 —
from C210 breakout, toward LH Seat —
(Pickup/Extended Cab) harness breakout
crossbody harness, approx. 11 cm (4 in)
S256 from C210 breakout, toward the LH Seat — —
(Utility/ Suburban) harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 1 cm (0.5 in)
S256 before door lock relay breakout, toward the — _
(Crew Cab) LH Seat harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 8 cm (3 in)
S257 left of door lock relay breakout, toward IP — —
harness breakout
Power Door Systems Components (cont’d)
Name Location Locator V iew C on nector End V iew
S257 Crossbody harness, approx. 5 cm (2 in)
from C231
(Pickup/Extended Cab) breakout breakout, toward IP harness —■ —

S257 Crossbocjy harness, approx. 5 cm (2 in)


from 0231 breakout, toward door lock — —
(Suburban/Utility)
relay breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 7 cm (2.5 in)
S259 —
into seat belt switch harness, toward C212
Crossbody harness, approx. 12 cm (4.5 in)
S261 from seat belt switch breakout, toward RH — —
door harness breakout
S262 Crossbody harness, approx. 19 cm (7.5 in)
(Crew Cab) from seat belt switch breakout, toward IP — —
harness breakout
S262 Crossbody harness, approx. 25 cm (10 in)
(Suburban/Utility) from seat belt switch breakout, toward IP —
harness breakout
IP harness, approx. 4 cm (1.5 in) from
S264 instrument cluster breakout, toward radio — —
connectors breakout
Front-to-rear body harness, approx. 37 cm
S410 (14.5 in) from RR door jamb switch
(2-door Utility) breakout, toward RH door speaker — —
breakout
S410 (4-Door Front-to-rear body harness, approx. 12 cm
Utility/Suburban) (4.5 in) from RR door speaker breakout, —- _ _

toward RR door jamb breakout


S434 Front-to-rear body harness, approx. 7 cm
(2-Door Utility) (2.5 in) from front dome lamp breakout, — ' —
toward crossbody harness breakout
Front-to-rear body harness, approx. 20 cm
S434 (4-Door (8 in) before the Rear Dome Lamp
Utility/Suburban) harness breakout, towards the HVAC • — —
Module
S434 (4-Door Front-to-rear body harness, approx. 25 cm
Utility/Suburban (10 in) into crossbody harness breakout, — —
w/o C69) towards C301
Inside LF door harness, at breakout to
S501 window motor regulator —
Inside LF for harness, approx. 4 cm
S502 (1.5 in) from tweeter speaker breakout, — —
toward LF window regulator
Insjde L door harness approx. 25 cm
S503 (10 in) 5nto outside rearview mirror —- —
breakout
P ow er Door System s Com ponent View s
Cargo Door Wiring, Left Side

278006
Cargo Door Wiring (Right Side)

277850

Legend

( 1) Cargo Door Contactor and


Door Jamp Switch
(2 ) P900
(3) Cargo Door Lock Actuator
(4) Cargo Door Lock Actuator, Connector
(5) Rear Window Defogger Connectors
(6 ) P901
Door Lock Control Module
Front Door Wiring

18 1 2 3

375317

Legend

(1 ) Speaker Connector, Tweeter ( 10) C206 (Left)/C214 (Right)


(2 ) Rear Window Lockout Switch Connector ( 11) C209 (Left)
(3) Power Window Switch ( 12) C208 (Left)/C214 (Right)
(4) Courtesy Light Connector (13) C207 (Left)/C213 (Right)
(5) Door Lock Switch Connector (14) Crossbody Harness
(6 ) Power Window Switch Connector (15) P600 (Right Front)/P500 (Left)
(7) Power Mirror Switch Connector (16) Door Harness
(8 ) Speaker Connector (17) C601 (Right)/C501 (Left)
0 ) Power Window Motor Connector (18) Door Lock Connector (Keyless Entry)
Rear Door Wiring

375324

Legend

(1) Power Door Lock Motor Connector (7)Crossbody Harness


(2 ) Courtesy Lamp, Door Connector C497 (Right)/C499 (Left)
(8 )
(3) Speaker, Rear Door (9)Door Wiring Harness
(4) Speaker Connector ( 10)P800 (Right)/P700 (Left)
(5) Power Window Motor Connector (11) Power Window Switch Connector
(6 ) C496 (Right)/C498 (Left)
Door Lock Relay Wiring/Power Amp. Relay

Legend
(1) Door Lock Relay (4) Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
(2) Power Amplifier Module (Diesel)
(3) Power Amplifier Relay (5) Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
278012
Pow er Door System s Connector
End Views Door Lock Motors, Rear

Door Lock Control Module

..... ..........C L ™

I
nl HGi F E D C A
s

232824

• 15300027
Connector Part
62421 • 2F lie tri-P a ck 280
Information
Series (BLK)
Connector Part • 12010000
Information • 8W P/C EDGBD - STD (BLK) Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function A Power Door Lock Motor
TAN 294
Feed - Unlock
A BLK 150 Ground
B GRA Power Door Lock Motor
Interior lamp defeat 295 Feed - Lock
B PPL 328 switch - output
Power door lock relay Door Lock Motor, Front
C LT BLU 195 feed - lock coil
Power door lock relay
D WHT 194
feed - unlock coil
E — — NOT USED
Door adjar switch signal
F ORN/BLK 1897
- right rear
Fuse Output - battery -
G ORN 640 A
type III fuse mB
m M S
H — — NOT USED .Ck....Ol ...
i .............r

295484

Connector Part • 12004140


Information • 2F PAC/ON I (BLK)
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
A Power Door Lock Motor
GRA 295 Feed - Lock

B TAN Power Door Lock Motor


294 Feed - Unlock
Power Door Systems Connector End Views Power Door Systems Connector End Views

f •p

A B C D

—I F E
H Q

VV

39661 62434

Connector Part 12047786 Connector part •12045688 '


Information 4 i i/P 150 (BLK) Information • 8 M M/P 150 (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
Power Mirror Motor Heated Mirror
A ORN 267
Element Feed
LT BLU 82 Feed - Left Horizontal
Motor - Left Direction Automatic Day/Night
B PNK 1691
Mirror Return - Outside
Power Mirror Motor ■
YEL 1496 Feed - Common Power Mirror Motor
Power Mirror Motor - C LT BLU 82 Feed - Left Horizontal
YEL 1496 Feed - Common Motor - Left Direction
Power Mirror Motor Power Mirror Motor
Feed - Feed - Left D LT GRN 89 Feed - Left Vertical
LT GRN 89 Vertical Motor - Down Motor - Down Direction
Direction Power Mirror Motor
E WHT 81 Feed - Left Horizontal
Motor - Right Direction
Power Mirror Motor
F YEL 88 Feed - Left Vertical
Motor - Up Direction
Automatic Day/Night
G GRY. 1690 Mirror Signal - Outside
H BLK 150 Ground
Power Door Systems Connector End Views Power Door Systems Connector End Views

A B C . D

H G F - E

Connector part 12045688 Connector part 12047786


Information 8M M/P 150 (BLK) Information 4M M/P 150 (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Pin Wire Color No* Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
Heated Mirror Power Mirror Motor
ORN 267 Element Feed GRY 90 Feed - Right Horizontal
Automatic Day/Night Motor - Left Direction
PNK 1691 Mirror Return - Outside Power Mirror Motor ■
YEL 1496
Power Mirror Motor Feed - Common
GRY 90 Feed - Left Horizontal Power Mirror Motor ■
Motor - Left Direction YEL 1496
Feed - Common
Power Mirror Motor Power Mirror Motor
Feed - Feed - Left Feed - Feed - Right
PPL/WHT 889 Vertical Motor - Down PPL/WHT 889 Vertical Motor - Down
Direction Direction
Power Mirror Motor
YEL 1496 Feed - Left Horizontal
Motor - Right Direction
Power Mirror Motor
YEL 1496 Feed - Left Vertical
Motor - Up Direction
Automatic Day/Night
GRY 1690 Mirror Signal - Outside
BLK 150 Ground
Power Door Lock Relay Power Door Lock Master Switch,
LF — C1 (Pickup)

f 1
n rp —

........ _ _ r _.. r h ........_.


f _____ □
f
& c£ ] [ £ ] eS ] [ b ] [ a ] t y w i r 0 J S o
X
i i 1— i i — 1i i
1r a a a t a JT~T l m c S
i_____ i

62452
39764
• 12059561
Connector Part
Inform ation • 6 Way F M etri-Pack 280, 480 Connector Part • 12084617
Series (BLK) Information * 11F ifetrl-Pack MXD (BLK)
C ircuit Circuit
Pin Wire C olor No* Function Pin W ire Color No. Function
Power Door Lock Relay A BLK 150 Ground
A WHT 194
Feed - Unlock Coil B BLK 150 Ground
294
Power Door Lock Motor Power Door Lock Relay
B TAN 195
Feed - Unlock € LT BLU
Feed - Lock Coil
Fuse Output Battery - Fuse Output - Battery -
C ORN 540
Type III Fuse D ORN ‘ ' 540
Type III Fuse
D BLK 150 Ground Power Door Lock Relay
Power Door Lock Motor E WHT ' 194.
E GRY 295 Feed - Unlock Coil
Feed - Lock F BLK 150 Ground
Power Door Lock Relay :
F LT BLU 195 G -H — ■ Not Used
Feed - Lock Coil
J BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
K — — Not Used
Fuse Output -
L YEL 343 Accessory -
Type III Fuse
Power Door Lock Master Switch, Power Door Lock Master Switch, LF C1
LF — C1 (2-Door Utility) (4-Door Utility, Crew Cab)

r i rn f— I T 1 .........

V )W |)W g W W |f §Fo
ra a a ® .i....i lE i r ^ i
"X_3
1130 S B _ _ _ la dZb
-------
....:..c j ....... ....... T Z J

39764 39764

Connector Part • 12084617 • 12084617


Information Connector Part
• 11F Metri-Pack MXD (BLK) Information • 11F 150, 280, and 480
Circuit Metri-pack Series (BLK)
Pin Wire Color No-. Function Circuit
A-B — — Not Used Pin Wire Color No. Function
195 Power Door Lock Relay A-B . — — Not Used
C LT BLU
Feed, Lock Coil
Power Door Lock Relay
Fuse Output Battery, C LT BLU 195
D ORN 540 Feed - Lock Coil
Type III Fuse
D ORN 640 Fuse Output - Battery -
WHT Power Door Lock Relay Type 111 Fuse
.E - 194 Feed, Unlock Coil
. E WHT 194 Power Door Lock Relay
F BLK 150 Ground Feed - Unlock Coil
G-H — — Not Used F BLK 150 Ground
J BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
G — — Not - 'S9C-
K — — Not Used
Power Window Master
YEL Fuse Output Accessory, H PPL 171 Switch Output - RR
L 343
Type III Fuse Window - Down
J BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Power Window Master
K PPL 159 Switch Output - LR
Window - Down
Fuse Output -
L YEL 343 Accessory -
Type III Fuse
Power Window and Door Lock Switch, RF Power Window and Door Lock Switch, RF
(4-D oor Utility, Suburban, Crew Cab) (Pickup, 2-D oor Utility)

m Yn_ m r , TT

W t W i W W |f
a .t.. r adS
■;....... l it " C U " i_____ i c _ r

39764 39764

•1 2 0 8 4 6 1 7 • 12084617
C on nector Part C onn ector Part
Inform ation • 11F 150, 280, and 480 Inform ation • 11F M etri-P ack 159 M ixed
M etri-pack S eries (B LK ) S eries (B LK )
C ircuit C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function Pin W ire C olor No. Function
A-B — — Not Used Power Door Lock Relay
A WHT 194
Power Door Lock Relay Feed - Unlock Coil
C TAN 194 Feed - Lock Coil B LT BLU Power Door Lock Relay
195 Feed - Lock Coil
Fuse Output - Battery -
D ORN 640 Type III Fuse WHT Power Door Lock Relay
C 294
Power Door Lock Relay Feed - Unlock
E GRY 195 Feed - Unlock Coil Fuse Output - Battery -
D ORN 540
Power Window Master Type III Fuse
F YEL 1307 Switch Output - Power Door Lock Motor
Lock Out E GRY 295 Feed - Lock
Power Window Motor Fuse Output -
G DK BLU 656 Feed - Right Front F YEL 343 Accessory -
Window - Up Type III Fuse
H — — Not Used Power Window Motor
G DK BLU 656 Feed - RF Window - Up
Power Window Master
J LT BLU 156 Switch Output - Right H — —• Not Used
Front Window - Down Power Window Master
Power Window Motor J LT BLU 166 Switch Output -
K — 667 Feed - Right Front RF Window - Up
Window Down
Power Window
Power Window Master K BRN 667 Motor Feed -
L TAN 167 Switch Output - Right RF Window - Down
Front Window - Down
Power Window Master
L TAN 167 Switch Output - RF
Window - Down
Power Window Master Switch, LF-C2 Power Window Master Switch, LF- C2
(4-Door Utility, Suburban, Crew Cab) (2-Door Utility, Pickup)

r-

p r t
U j
'I ------------ n

( f l | | S i f i [ £ ] | | f i S S ] |i5 j (db |jdi db c£ 11[& c£] til ||


.... 1___ □ . ....." i_____ I

39751 39751

• 12084603 • 12084603
C onn ector Part C onnector Part
Inform ation • 8F M etri-P ack 280, 480 Inform ation » 8F M etri-P ack 280, 480
S eries (GRA) Series (GRA)
C ircuit C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function Pin W ire C olor No. Function
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor
A DK BLU 164 Feed - Left Front A DK BLU 164 Feed - Left Front
Window - Up Window - Up
Power Window Master Power Window Master
Switch Output - Right B LT BLU 166 Switch Output - Right
B LT BLU 166
Front Window - Up Front Window - Up
C BLK 150 Ground
C BLK 150 Ground
Power Window Master
Power Window Master D TAN 167 Switch Output - Right
D TAN 167 Switch Output - Right Front Window - Down
Front Window - Down
Power Window Motor
Power Window Motor E BRN 165 Feed - Left Front
E BRN 165 Feed - Left Front Window - Down
Window - Down
F-H — — Not Used
F — — ' Not Used
Power Window Master
G DK GRN 168 Switch Output - LR
Window - Up
Power Window Master
H LTGRN 170 Switch Output - Right
Rear Window - Up
Power Window Motor, LF Power Window Motor, RR

- * r
B A

■ i..... .. _ j

295484 295484

C onnector Part • 12004140 C onnector Part • 12004140


Inform ation • 2F PA C /O N (B LK ) Inform ation • 2F PA C /O N (B LK )
C ircuit C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function Pin W ire C olor No. Function
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor
A DK BLU 164 Feed (Left Front - Up) A Feed - Right Rear
DK BLU 670
Window - Up
Power Window
B BRN 165 Motor Feed Power Window Motor
(Left Front - Down) B BRN 671 Feed - Right Rear
Window - Down
Power Window Motor, RF
Power Window Motor, LR

B A
B A
r\
L ___ I . r\ r\
L ....... ....... I

295484
295484
C onnector Part • 12004140
Inform ation • 2F PA C /O N (B LK ) C onnector Part • 12004140
Inform ation • 2F PA C /O N (B LK )
C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function
Power Window Motor
A DK BLU 670 Feed - Right Rear Power Window Motor
Window - Up A DK BLU 658 Feed - Left Rear
Window - Up
Power Window Motor
B BRN 657 Feed - Right Rear Power Window Motor
Window - Down B BRN 669 Feed - Left Rear
Window - Down
Power Window Switch, RR Power Window Switch, LR

■jc
1 ( H
> < ) c
t= j j

D D
r A h r e h rJcLi r o h
F 1
F rJALi r fBLi rJc Li r JDLi 1
62469 62469

C onnector Part • 12064998 • 12064998


C onn ector Part
Inform ation • 8F M etri-P ack 280 inform ation • 8F M etri-P ack 280
Series (B LK ) S eries (B LK )
C ircuit C ircuit
Pin W ire C olor No. Function Pin W ire C olor No. Function
Power Window Master Power Window Master
A PPL 171 Switch Output - Right A PPL 169 Switch Output - Left
Rear Window - Down Rear Window - Down
B Power Window Master Power Window Master
DK BLU 1307 B DK BLU 1307
Switch Output - Lockout Switch Output - Lockout
C BLK 150 Ground C BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor
D BRN 671 Feed - Right Rear D BRN 169 Feed - Left Rear
Window - Up Window - Down
Power Window Master Power Window Master
E LTGRN 170 Switch Output - Right E LTGRN 168 Switch Output - Left
Rear Window - Up Rear Window - Up
F — — Not Used F — — Not Used
G BRN 9 Park Lamp Feed G BLK 150 Ground
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor
H DK BLU 670 Feed - Right Rear H DK BLU 668 Feed - Left Rear
Window - Up Window - Up
Window Lockout Switch
(4-Door Utility, Suburban, Crew Cab)

35435

12066571
Connector Part
Inform ation 4F Metri-Pack 480
Series (BLK)
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
BLK 150 Ground
Power Window Master
DK BLU 1307
Switch Output - Lockout
BRN Park Lamp Feed
Fuse Output
YEL 343 Accessory -
Type III Fuse
Diagnostic Information and Procedures
Power Windows System Check
Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
Operate each power window UP and Each power window operates quietly • Power Window Inoperative - LF
DOWN from the LH power window and smoothly, with no sticking or (4 Door Utility/Suburban Only)
master switch. mechanical noises.
• Power Windows Inoperative - All
1 • Power Windows
Inoperative - One
• Power Window Inoperative - RF
• Power Window Inoperative - LF
(Pickup/2 Door Utility Only)
Operate each power window UP and Each power window operates quietly • Power Window Inoperative - RH
DOWN only from the individual side and smoothly, with no sticking or
door window switches. mechanical noises. • Power Window Inoperative - RF
2 • Power Windows Inoperative - All
• Power Windows
Inoperative - One
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.

Power Door Locks System Check


Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
1. Close all vehicle doors. 1. All door lock actuators activate • Power Door Locks Inoperative
2. Press the LF door lock switch and lock all of the doors. (Pickup/2 Door Utility)
to the LOCK position. 2. All door lock actuators lock and • Power Door Locks Inoperative
1 3. Press the LF door lock switch unlock all of the doors. (4 Door Utility/Suburban)
to the UNLOCK position. • Power Door Locks Inoperative -
One Motor
• Power Door Locks Switch
Inoperative - One
1. Press the RF door lock switch 1. All door lock actuators activate • Power Door Locks Inoperative
to the LOCK position. and lock all of the doors. (Pickup/2 Door Utility)
2. Press the RF door lock switch 2. All door lock actuators lock and • Power Door Locks Inoperative
to the UNLOCK position. unlock all of the doors. (4 Door Utility/Suburban)
2
• Power Door Locks Inoperative -
One Motor
• Power Door Locks Switch
Inoperative - One
1. Press the rear door lock switch 1. All door lock actuators activate Power Door Locks Switch
to the LOCK position. and lock all of the doors. Inoperative -Rear
3
2. Press the rear door lock switch 2. All door lock actuators lock and
to the UNLOCK position. unlock all of the doors.
1. Open the drivers door. All door lock actuators LOCK Automatic Door Locks Inop, Power
approximately 5 seconds after the Locks Operate
2. Open the rear cargo doors. last door is closed
4 3. Activate any of the door lock
switches.
4. Close the cargo doors.
5. Close the drivers door.
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.
Outside Mirrors System Check
Step ion Normal Result(s) hnormal Result(s)*
1. Place the mirror select switch The LH mirror moves in all directions ® Power Mirrors Inoperative
in the LH position. in relation to the switch position.
® Power Mirrors Inop in Left/Right
2 . Operate the mirror in each of Direction - LH
the following: • Power Mirrors Inop in Up/Down
1 Direction - LH
2.1. LEFT.
2.2. RIGHT.
2.3. UP.
2.4. DOWN.
1. Place the mirror select switch The RH mirror moves in all directions • Power Mirrors Inoperative
in the RH position. in relation to the switch position.
• Power Mirrors Inop in Left/Right
2 . Operate the mirror in each of Direction ~RH
the following: • Power Mirrors Inop in Up/Down
2
2.1. LEFT. Direction - RH
2.2. RIGHT.
2.3. UP.
2.4. DOWN.
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.

Automatic Door Locks Inop, Power Locks Operate


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the door locks are operational but do not lock after the last door is
closed.
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? Door Locks
C-o to Step 2 System Check
1. Connect a test lamp between the door lock control
module connector cavity C an ground.
2 '— '
2. Press any door lock switch to the LOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
Repair open in CKT 195 (LT BLU) between door lock
control module and S431. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Power
3 Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Close all vehicle doors.
2. Connect a test lamp between door lock control
4 —
module connector cavity B and B+.
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair short to ground in CKT 328 (PPL) between door
lock control module and door jamb switches.module and Go to Power
5 S431. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a test lamp between door lock control module
6 connector cavity F and B+. —
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
Repair short to ground in CKT 1897 (ORN/BLK) between
door lock control module and rear door jamb
7 switch.module and S431. Refer to Wiring Repairs in — Go to Power —
Wiring Systems. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Automatic Door Locks Inop, Power Locks Operate (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
1. Open the rear cargo doors.
8
2. With the test lamp still connected at cavity F and B+, —
observe the lamp.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
Replace the door lock control module. Go to Power
9 Is the repair complete? — Door Locks —
System Check
Repair the open in CKT 1897 (ORN/BLK) between door
lock control module and rear door jamb switch.module and Go to Power
10 S431. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Windows Inoperative - All


Step Action Walue(s) Yes Ko
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used when none of the power windows operate from any switch.
Has the Power Windows System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
2. Connect a test lamp from CKT 343 (YEL) at the LF
2 power window master switch connector C1, cavity L, —
to ground.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to S!^p /-
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 343 (YEL) at the
LF power window master switch connector C1, cavity L, to
3 CKT 150 (BLK) at the LF power window master switch —
connector, cavity C.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step t
Repair the open in CKT 343 (YEL) from the LF power
window master switch connector to the instrument panel Go to Power
4 fuse block. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Inspect the LF power window master switch for a
faulty connection.
5 2. If the connection is OK, replace the LF power window — —
master switch. Refer to Power Accessory Switch Go to Power
Panel Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) from the LF power
window master switch connector C1, cavity C to ground. Go to Power
6 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Windows Inoperative - One
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Definition: This diagnostic should only be used when one power window (other then LF) doesn’t work from either the master
power window switch or the individual power window switch.
Has the Power Windows System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.


2 2. Connect a test lamp between CKT 1307 (DK BLU) —
and ground at the appropriate power window switch.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 10
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp at the appropriate
power window switch between the DK BLU and
BRN wires.
2. Press UP the power window switch. Observe the
3 test lamp.

3. Press DOWN the power window switch. Observe the


test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both window switch position? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
1. Check for open(s) in the DK BLU and BRN wires
between the power window switch and the power
window motor. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring
Systems.
4 2. If no open(s) are found, replace the power window — —
motor. Refer to Power Accessory Switch Panel
Replacement, Power Accessory Switch Panel
Replacement or Rear Door Power Window Switch Go to Power
Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 39200 (DMM) between ground and the
appropriate power window switch circuits:
• RF, CKT 167 (TAN) and CKT 166 (LT BLU)
5 • RR, CKT 170 (LT GRN) and CKT 171 (PPL)

® LR, CKT 169 (PPL) and CKT 168 (LT GRN)


Is there continuity? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 7
Replace appropriate power window switch. Refer to Power
Accessory Switch Panel Replacement or Rear Door Power Go to Power
6 Window Switch Replacement — —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 39200 (DMM) between LF power window
7 master switch connectorC2 cavity C and ground. . __
Is there continuity? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
Repair open in CKT 150 (BLK) between LF power window
master switch and G202. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Go to Power
8 Systems. —- —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Windows inoperative - One (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
1. Check for opens between the power window master
switch and the appropriate power window switch
circuits:
• RF, CKT 167 (TAN) and CKT 166 (LT BLU).
• RR, CKT 170 (LT GRN) and CKT 171 (PPL).
9 • LR, CKT 169 (PPL) andCKT 168 (LT GRN). — —
2. Repair circuits as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs
in Wiring Systems.
3. If no opens are found, replace power window master
switch. Refer to Power Accessory Switch Panel Go to Power
Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 1307 (DK BLU) between appropriate
the power window switch and the window lockout switch. Go to Power
10 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Window inoperative - LF (Pickup/2 Door Utility Only)


Step Action | Value(s) Yes | No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used only if the left front window is inoperative but the right front window operates
from the left window switch.
Has the Power Window System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 164
(DK BLU) and CKT 165 (BRN) at the LF power
window master switch, cavity A and cavity E.
2 —
3. Press the LF power window master switch up
and down.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both window switch positions? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 164
(DK BLU) and CKT 165 (BRN) at the LF power
window motor.
3 2. Press the LF power window master switch up —
and down.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both window switch positions? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Inspect the LF power window master switch
connector for faulty connections.
4 2. If the connections are OK, replace the LF power — —
window master switch. Refer to Power Accessory Go to Power
Switch Panel Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Inspect the LF power window motor connector for
faulty connections.
5 2. If the connections are OK, replace the LF power — —
window motor. Refer to Window Regulator Go to Power
Replacement - Front Door. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open between the LF power window master
switch connector and the LF power window motor
6 connector in CKT 164 (DK BLU) or in CKT 165 (BRN). — Go to Power —
Refer to Wiring Repairs. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Window Inoperative - LF (4 Door Utility/Suburban Only)
Step Action . Value(s) | Yes | No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used only if the left front window is inoperative but the right front window operates
from the left window switch.
Has the Power Windows System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.


2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 164
(DK BLU) and CKT 165 (BRN) at the LF power
window master switch, cavity A and cavity E.
2 3. Press up the window switch. —
Observe the test lamp.
4. Press down the window switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both window switch positions? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 164
(DK BLU) and CKT 165 (BRN) at the LF power
window motor.
2. Press up the window switch.
3 Observe the test lamp.

3. Press down the window switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both window switch positions? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Inspect the LF power window master switch
connector C2 for faulty connections.
4 2. If the connections are OK, replace the LF power — —
window master switch. Refer to Power Accessory Go to Power
Switch Panel Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Inspect the left front power window motor connector


for faulty connections.
5 2. If the connections are OK, replace the left front — —
window motor. Refer to Window Regulator Go to Power
Replacement - Front Door. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open between the LF power window master
switch connector C2 and the left front window motor
6 connector in CKT 164 (DK BLU) or in CKT 165 (BRN). ' —■ Go to Power —
Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Window inoperative - RF
Step Action -. - Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used only if the right power window is inoperative from both power window switches.
Has the Power Windows System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.


2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between terminal A
and terminal B of the RF power window motor
connector.
2 3. Press up the RF power window switch. —
Observe the test lamp.
4. Press down the RF power window switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3

1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp at the RF power


window switch connector between terminal J and
terminal L.
2. Press up the LF power window master switch.
3 Observe the test lamp. —
3. Press down the LF power window master switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5

1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp at the RF power


window switch connector between terminal G and
terminal K.
2. Press up the RF power window switch.
4 —
Observe the test lamp.
3. Press down the RF power window switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8

1. Connect a J 3 4 142-B test lamp at the LF power


window master switch connector between terminal B
and terminal D.
2. Press up the LF power window master switch.
5 Observe the test lamp. —
3. Press down the LF power window master switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in each time the switch is
pressed? Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10

1. Inspect the RF power window motor for a faulty


connection.
6 2. If the connection is OK, replace the RF power — —
window motor. Refer to Window Regulator Go to Power
Replacement - Front Door. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 666 (DK BLU) or in CKT 667
(BRN) between the right power window switch and the
7 right power window motor. Refer to Wiring Repairs in — Go to Power —
Wiring Systems. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Window Inoperative - RF (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
1. Inspect the RF power window switch connector for a
faulty connection.
8 2. If the connection is OK, replace the RF power — —
window switch. Refer to Power Accessory Switch Go to Power
Panel Replacement. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Repair any loose connections in CKT 167 or in


CKT 166 between the LF power window master
switch and the RF power window switch.
9 2. Repair any opens in CKT 167 or in CKT 166 between ' - —
the LF power window master switch and the RF
power window switch. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Power
Wiring Systems. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the LF power window master switch. Refer to Go to Power
10 Power Door Lock Switch Replacement — Windows —
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Windows Inoperative


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used only when the window is operative from the master power window switch and
inoperative from the individual power window switch.
Has the Power Window System Check been performed? Go to Powei
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.


2. Place the window lockout switch in the normal
position.
2 3. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between —
CKT 1307 (DK BLU) and ground at the appropriate
power window switch connector.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Inspect the appropriate power window switch
connector for a faulty connection.
2. If the connection is OK, replace the appropriate
3 power window switch. Refer to Power Accessory — —
Switch Panel Replacement, Rear Door Power Window
Switch Replacement or Power Accessory Switch Go to Power
Panel Replacement. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 1307 (DK BLU) between the
appropriate power window switch connector and the
4 window lockout switch. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring — Go to Power —
Systems. Windows
is the repair complete? System Check
Power Window Inoperative - RH
Step Action Vaiue(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should be used only if the right power window is inoperative from both power window switches.
Has the Power Windows System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Windows
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 343
2 (YEL) at the RF power window switch connector — ■
cavity F and ground.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 5
1. Connect a J 3 4 142-B test lamp at the RF power
window switch connector cavity J and cavity L
between CKT 166 (LT BLU) and CKT 167 (TAN).
2. Press up the LF power window master switch.
3 Observe the test lamp.

3. Press down the LF power window master switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 666
(DK BLU) and CKT 667 (BRN) at the RF power
window motor connector.
2. Press up the RF power window switch.
4
Observe the test lamp.
3. Press down the RF power window switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
Repair the open in CKT 343 (YEL) between the l/P fuse
block and the RF power window switch. Refer to Wiring Go to Power
5 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp at the LF power
window master switch connector cavity B and
cavity D between CKT 166 (LT BLU) and
CKT 167 (TAN).
6 2. Press up the LF power window master switch. —
Observe the test lamp.
3. Press down the LF power window master switch.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light each time the switch is pressed? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
Repair the open in CKT 166 (LT BLU) or CKT 167 (TAN)
between RF power window switch and LF power window Go to Power
7 master switch. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — . —
Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Inspect the LF power window master switch for a


faulty connection.
8 2. If the connection is OK, replace the LF power window — —
master switch. Refer to Power Accessory Switch Go to Power
Panel Replacement Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Window Inoperative - RH (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
1. Inspect the RF power window motor for a faulty
connection.
9 2. If the connection is OK, replace the RF power — —
window motor. Refer to Window Regulator Go to Power
Replacement - Front Door. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 666 (DK BLU) or in CKT 667
(BRN) between the RF power window switch and the RF
10 power window motor. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring — Go to Power —
Systems. Windows
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Door Locks Switch Inoperative - One


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? — Door Locks
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Disconnect the inoperative power door lock switch.


2 2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 640 (ORN)
to the power door lock switch and ground.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a fused jumper from the inoperative power
door lock switch, CKT 640 (ORN) to CKT 194
(LT BLU).
3 —
2. Connect the fused jumper from the inoperative power
door lock switch, CKT 640 (ORN) to CKT 194 (WHT).
Do the doors lock and then unlock? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair the open in CKT 640 (ORN) between the
inoperative power door lock switch and splice S256. Go to Power
4 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the door lock switch. Refer to Power Accessory Go to Power
5 Switch Panel Replacement. — Door Locks —
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Inspect CKT 194 (WHT) and CKT 195 (LT BLU)


for opens.
6 2. Repair the circuits, as necessary. Refer to Wiring — —
Go to Power
Repairs in Wiring Systems. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Door Locks Inoperative (4 Door Utility/Suburban)


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if all door lock motors are inoperative from all switches.
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? — Door Locks
Go to Step 2 System Check
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 640 (ORN)
2 at LF door lock switch and ground. —
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 14

1. Gain access to the Door Lock Relay.


3 2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 540 —
(ORN) and ground.
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 15
Power Door Locks Inoperative (4 Door Utility/Suburban) (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Connect a J 39200 DMM, set on Ohms, between CKT 150
4 (BLK) at Door Lock Relay and ground. —
Is there continuity? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 16
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 294
(TAN) at Door Lock Relay and ground.
5 —
2. Move LF Door Lock Switch to the UNLOCK position.
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 9
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 295
(GRY) and ground.
6 —
2. Move LF Door Lock Switch to the LOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 10
Connect a J 39200 DMM, set on Ohms, between CKT 295
(GRY) at Door Lock Relay and ground and CKT 294
7 (TAN) and ground. —-
Is there continuity in both positions? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 13
Repair open in CKT 294 (TAN) or CKT 295 (GRY)
between Door Lock Relay and door lock motors. Refer to
8 Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — — —
Is the repair complete?
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 194
(WHT) and ground.
9 —
2. Move LF Door Lock Switch to the UNLOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 12
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 195
(LT BLU) and ground.
10 —
2. Move the LF Door Lock Switch to the lock position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 13
Replace the Door Lock Relay. Go to Power
11 Is the repair complete? — Door Locks —
System Check
Repair open in CKT 194 (WHT) between Door Lock
Switches and Door Lock Relay. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Power
12 Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 195 (LT BLU) between Door Lock
Switches and Door Lock Relay. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Power
13 Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 640 (ORN) between l/P Fuse Block
and Door Lock Switches. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Go to Power
14 Systems. —
Door Locks
Do the door locks function properly? System Check Go to Step 3
Repair open in CKT 540 (ORN) between l/P Fuse Block
and Door Lock Relay. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Go to Power
15 Systems. —
Door Locks
Do the door locks function properly? System Check Go to Step 4
Repair open in CKT 150 (BLK) between Door Lock Relay Go to Power
16 and G202. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Door Locks
Do the door locks function properly? System Check Go to Step 5
Power Door Locks Inoperative (Pickup/2 Door Utility)
Step Action | Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diaqgnostic should only be used if all door lock motors are inoperative from all switches.
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? — Door Locks
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Access LF door lock switch.


2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 540 (ORN)
2 from the left power door lock switch connector to —
ground.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go toStep 4
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 150 (BLK) at
cavities B and E the left power door lock switch connector
3 to B+. —
Does the test lamp light at both places? Go toStep 5 Go toStep 20
Repair the open in CKT 540 (ORN) between splice S255
and the convenience center, or from the convenience
4 center to the fuse block. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Go to Power —
Systems. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Access RF door lock switch.
5 2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 294 —
(TAN) and B+.
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 6 Go toStep 10
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 295 (GRY)
6 and B+. —
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 13
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 294 (TAN)
at RF door lock switch to ground.
7 —
2. Move LF door lock switch to the UNLOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 8 Go toStep 16
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 295 (GRY)
at RF door lock switch to ground.
8 —
2. Move LF door lock switch to the LOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go toStep 9 Go to Step 19
1. Repair open(s) in CKT 294 (TAN) and/or CKT 295
(GRY) between RF door lock switch and door lock
motors. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems.
9 — —
2. If no open(s) are found replace both door lock Go to Power
motors. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 194 (WHT)
10 at RF door lock switch and B+. —
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 11 Go to Step 12
Replace RF door lock switch. Refer to Power Door Lock Go to Power
11 Switch Replacement — Door Locks —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Door Locks Inoperative (Pickup/2 Door Utility) (cont’d)
Step Action Vaiue(s) Yes No
1. Check for an open in CKT 194 (WHT) between RF
and LF door lock switches, repair as necessary.
Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems.
12 2. If no open is found, replace LF door lock switch. — —
Refer to Power Accessory Switch Panel Go to Power
Replacement Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 195
13 (LT BLU) at RF door lock switch and B+.
Does test lamp light? Go to Step 14 Go to Step 15
Replace RF door lock switch. Refer to Power Door Lock Go to Power
14 Switch Replacement Door Locks : __
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Check for an open in CKT 195 (LT BLU) between RF


and LF door lock switches, replace as necessary.
15 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Go to Power
2. If no open is found, replace LF door lock switch. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 194


(WHT) at RF door lock switch and ground.
16 2. Move the LF door lock switch to the UNLOCK —
position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 17 Go to Step 18
Replace the RF door lock switch. Refer to Power Door Go to Power
17 Lock Switch Replacement — Door Locks —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the LF door lock switch. Refer to Power Go to Power
18 Accessory Switch Panel Replacement Door Locks —
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 195


(LT BLU) at RF door lock switch and ground.
19 —
2. Move the LF door lock switch to the LOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 17 Go to Step 18
Repair an open in CKT 150 (BLK) between LF Power Door
Lock Switch and G202. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Go to Power
20 Systems. — ' —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Door Locks Switch Inoperative -Rear
Step Action Vaiue(s) Yes No
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? — Door Locks
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Open the rear cargo doors.
2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 294
(TAN) or CKT 295 (GRY) at the cargo door contactor.
2 —
3. Move one power door lock switch to the LOCK
position and the UNLOCK position.
Does the test lamp light in both positions? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 5
1. Close the cargo doors.
2. Connect a J 3 4 142-B test lamp from CKT 295 (GRY)
at the rear cargo door lock motor connector to
3 ground. —
3. Move one power door lock switch to the LOCK
position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
1. Connect a J 3 4 142-B test lamp from CKT 295 (GRY)
to CKT 294 (TAN) at the power door lock motor.
2. Move the power door lock to the LOCK position.
4 Observe the test lamp. —
3. Move the power door lock to the UNLOCK position.
Observe the test lamp.
Does the test lamp light in both positions? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
Repair the open in CKT 294 (TAN) or in CKT 295 (GRY)
from the contactor to splice S260 or to splice S258. Refer Go to Power
5 to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. —■ _
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Locate and repair the open in CKT 295 (GRY) from the
power door lock motor to the contactor. Refer to Wiring Go to Power
6 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the cargo door lock motor? Go to Power
7 Is the repair complete? — Door Locks _

System Check
Repair the open in CKT 294 (TAN) from the power door
lock motor to the contactor. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Power
8 Wiring Systems. — —
Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Motor
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Power Door Locks System Check been Go to Power
1 performed? — Door Locks
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Disconnect the malfunctioning door lock motor


connector.
2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 294 (TAN)
2 at the power door lock motor connector to ground. —
3. Move one power door lock switch to the
UNLOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 295 (GRY)
to CKT 294 (TAN) at the inoperative power door
lock motor.
3 —
2. Move one power door lock switch to the
UNLOCK position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair the open in CKT 294 (TAN) from the power door
lock motor connector to splice S600 (Pick-up), S258
4 (Suburban/Utility). Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring — Go to Power —
Systems. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the power door lock motor. Refer to Lock Actuator Go to Power
5 Replacement - Door. — Door Locks —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 295 (GRY) from the inoperative
power door lock motor to splice S601 (Pick-up), S258
6 (Suburban/Utility). Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring — Go to Power —
Systems. Door Locks
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Mirrors Inoperative


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outsid
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Disconnect the power outside rearview mirror switch.


2 2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 40 (ORN) —
to ground.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 40 (ORN) to
3 CKT 150 (BLK) at the switch. —
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair the open in CKT 40 (ORN) between the instrument
panel fuse block and the power outside rearview mirror Go to Outside
4 switch. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check

1. Check for an open in CKT 981 (RED) between the


switch and splice S503. Repair as necessary. Refer
to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems.
5 — —
2. If the circuit is not open, replace the power outside Go to Outside
rearview mirror switch. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between the switch and Go to Outside
6 ground. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Mirrors Inop in Left/Right Direction - LH
Step Action Vaiue(s) Yes M© ;
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the LH Mirror moves up and down but will not move left and right.
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the left power outside rearview mirror.
2. Position Selector Switch to the LH Power Mirror.
2 3. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 82 —
(LT BLU), cavity A, to ground.
4. Press the switch in the LEFT position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 981 (RED)
to B+.
3 —
2. Press the switch in the LEFT position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Check for an open in CKT 82 (LT BLU) between the
mirror and the power outside rearview mirror switch.
Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in
4 Wiring Systems. — -----
2. If no opens are found, replace Power outside Go to Outside
Rearview Mirror Switch. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the left power outside rearview mirror. Refer to Go to Outside
5 Mirror Replacement .. — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the power outside rearview mirror switch. Go to Outside
6 Is the repair complete? — Mirrors —
System Check

Power Mirrors Inop in Up/Down Direction - LH


Step Action j Value(s) Yes Mo
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the LH Mirror moves left and right but will not move up and down.
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the left power outside rearview mirror.
2. Position Selector Switch to the Power Mirror.
2 3. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 89 —
(LT GRN), to ground.
4. Press the switch in the DOWN position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 981 (RED)
to B+.
3 —
2. Press the switch in the DOWN position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Check for open in CKT 89 (LT GRN) between the left
power outside rearview mirror and the mirror switch.
4 2. If OK, replace to Power Outside Rearview Mirror —- —
Go to Outside
Switch. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Checl'
Replace the left power outside rearview mirror. Refer to Go to Outside
5 Mirror Replacement — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the Power Outside Rearview Mirror Switch. Go to Outside
6 Is the repair complete? — Mirrors —
System Check
Power Mirrors Inop in Left/Right Direction - RH
Step Action | Vaiue(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the RH mirror moves up and down but will not move left and right.
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the right power outside rearview mirror.
2. Position Selector Switch to the RH Power Mirror.
2 3. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 90 (GRY), —
cavity A, to ground.
4. Press the switch in the LEFT position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 981 (BLK)
to B+.
3 •—
2. Press the switch in the LEFT position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Check for an open in CKT 90 (GRY) between the
mirror and the power outside rearview mirror switch.
Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in
4 Wiring Systems. — —
2. If no opens are found, replace power outside Go to Outside
rearview mirror switch. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the right power outside rearview mirror. Refer to Go to Outside
5 Mirror Replacement. — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the power outside rearview mirror switch. Go to Outside
6 Is the repair complete? — Mirrors —
System Check

Power Mirrors Inop in Up/Down Direction - RH


Step Action | Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the RH mirror moves left and right but will not move up and down.
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the right power outside rearview mirror.
2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 889
2 (PPL/WHT), to ground. —
3. Press the switch in the DOWN position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
1. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 981 (BLK)
to B+.
3 —
2. Press the switch in the DOWN position.
Does the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
1. Check for an open in CKT 889 (PPL/WHT) between
the right power outside rearview mirror and the mirror
switch. Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs
4 in Wiring Systems. •— —
2. If no opens are found, replace power outside Go to Outside
rearview mirror switch. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the right power outside rearview mirror. Refer to Go to Outside
5 Mirror Replacement — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace power outside rearview mirror switch. Go to Outside
6 Is the repair complete? — Mirrors —
System Check
Heated Mirrors Inoperative
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the heated mirror relay connector.
2. Connect a J 39200 between cavity 1 of the heated
mirror relay connector and ground.
2 —
3. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
4. Depress the rear defogger switch.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
Locate and repair the open in CKT 293 (PPL) between the
heated mirror relay connector and the HVAC control
3 module connector C1. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring — Go to Outside —
Systems. Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 39200 between cavity 1 and cavity 2 of the
4 heated mirror relay connector. —
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Connect a J 39200 between cavity 5 of the heated mirror
5 relay connector and ground. —
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7
Locate and repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between the
heated mirror relay connector and G202. Refer to Wiring Go to Outside
6 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Locate and repair the open in CKT 1040 (ORN) between
the underhood fuse block and the heated mirror relay Go to Outside
7 connector. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the heated mirror relay. Go to Outside
8 Is the repair complete? — Mirrors —
System Check

Heated Mirrors Inoperative - LH


Step Acti on Value(s) Yes No
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect connector C501.
2. Connect a J 39200 between cavity A of connector
C501 and ground.
2 —
3. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
4. Depress the rear defogger switch.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
Locate and repair the open in CKT 267 (ORN) between
connector C501 and the heated mirror relay. Refer to Go to Outside
3 Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 39200 between cavity H of connector C501
4 and ground. —
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
Locate and repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between
connector C501 and G202. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Outside
5 Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the LH heated mirror. Refer to Mirror Go to Outside
6 Replacement or Mirror Replacement - Manual. — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Heated Mirrors Inoperative - RH
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Outside Mirrors System Check been performed? Go to Outside
1 — Mirrors
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Disconnect RH heated mirror connector C601.


2. Connect a J 39200 between cavity A of connector
C601 and ground. _
2
3. Place the ignition switch in the RUN position.
4. Depress the rear defogger switch.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
Locate and repair the open CKT 267 (ORN) between
connector C601 and the heated mirror relay. Refer to Go to Outside
3 Wiring RepairsIn Wiring Systems. —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a J 39200 between connector C601 cavity H and
4 ground. —
is there continuity? Go to Step 6 Go to Step S
Locate and repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between
connector C601 and G202. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Outside
5 Wiring Systems. — —
Mirrors
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the RH heated mirror. Refer to Mirror Go to Outside
6 Replacement or Mirror Replacement - Manual. — Mirrors —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair instructions
Power Accessory Switch Panel
Replacement
Removal Procedure
C au tio n : R e fe r to B a tte ry D is c o n n e c t C au tio n in
C au tio n s a n d N o tices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Use a flat blade tool In order to carefully pry the
door accessory mounting panel from the door
trim panel.
Remove the switch mounting panel.

3. Disconnect the power accessory electrical


connectors from the switches and the speaker, as
necessary.
4. Use a flat blade tool in order to carefully pry the
switches from the accessory mounting panel.
Remove the switches.
5. Carefully spread the speaker grill retainers, as
necessary.
Remove the speaker grill from the switch
mounting panel.
6. Rotate counterclockwise the speaker, as
necessary.
Remove the speaker from the switch
mounting panel.

277746
Installation Procedure
1. Rotate clockwise the speaker in order to install
the speaker to the switch mounting panel, as
necessary.
2. Snap the speaker grill in place in the switch
mounting panel, as necessary.
3. Snap the switches in place in the switch
mounting panel.
4. Connect the power accessory electrical
connectors to the switches and the speaker, as
necessary.

5. Snap the switch mounting panel in place.


6. Connect the negative battery cable.

R ear D o o r P o w e r W in d o w S w itc h
Replacement
R em oval P ro c ed u r e
C au tio n : R e fe r to B a tte ry D is c o n n e c t C au tio n in
C au tio n s a n d N otices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 . Remove the switch mounting panel.
3. Use a flat blade tool in order to carefully pry the
door power window switch from the door
trim panel.
4. Disconnect the power accessory electrical
connectors from the switch.

277809
Installation Procedure
1. Connect the power accessory electrical
connectors to the switch.
2. Insta ll the switch to the door trim panel.
Snap the switch in p lace.
3. Connect the negative battery cable.

277809

Power Door Lock Switch Replacement


Removal Procedure
Caution: Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the power accessory switch plate. Refer
to P ow er Accessory Switch P anel Replacement.
3. Disconnect the power door lock switch wiring
connector.
4. Carefully bend the retaining tabs of the power
door lock switch outward while pushing the
switch out of the plate.
Remove the switch.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the power door lock switch.
2. Connect the power door lock switch wiring
connector.
3. Install the power accessory switch plate. Refer to
Pow er Accessory Switch P anel Replacement.
4. Connect the negative battery cable.
Ashtray Replacement
Removal Procedure
Grasp the inside of the ashtray.
Pull out the ashtray.

Installation Procedure
Push the ashtray into the hole in the trim panel.

Armrest Bracket Replacement


Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 3 4 9 4 0 Rivet Gun
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
Replacem ent - Side R ear Door,
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector Replacem ent - R ea r Door.
3. Remove the armrest bracket from the door.
3.1. Drill out the rivets.
3.2. Disconnect the control rods from the
retainers.
4. Remove the retainers and the U-nuts from the
bracket.

277826
Installation Procedure
1. Install the retainers and the U-nuts to the bracket.
2. install the armrest bracket to the door.
2.1. Connect the control rods from the retainers.
2.2. Use the J 34940 in order to install the
bracket rivets.
3. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
R eplacem ent - R ea r Door.
4. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
R eplacem ent - Side R ea r Door.

Door Handle Bezel Replacement


(Front Door) .
Removal Procedure
1. Insert a flat blade tool between the door inside
bezel and the handle assembly.
Carefully bend outward the retaining clips while
pulling out the bezel.
3. If the vehicle is equipped with power locks,
disconnect the wiring connector.

Installation Procedure
1. If the vehicle is equipped with power locks,
connect the wiring connector.
2. Snap the handle bezel into place in the door
trim panel.

277747
Door Handle Bezel Replacement
(Rear Door)
Removal Procedure
1. Insert a flat blade tool between the door inside
bezel and the handle assembly.
2. Carefully bend outward the retaining clips while
pulling out the bezel.

Installation Procedure
Snap the handle bezel into place in the door
trim panel.

Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket


Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 3 8 7 7 8 Trim Panel Remover
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
2. Pry the retainers from the seats using the
J 38778.
3. Remove the map pocket from the trim pane l .

277751
Installation Procedure
1. I nstall the map pocket to the trim panel.
2. Snap the retainers into the seats.

277751

Trim P an el R e p la c e m e n t - U pper
E x te n sio n
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 38778 Trim Panel Remover
1 . Remove the trim panel from the door by
completing the following steps:
1.1. Using the J 38778, carefully pry the retainer
from the door.
1.2. Pull upward in order to release the
extension from the trim panel.
2. Remover the retainer from the extension.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the retainer to the extension.
2. Install the extension to the door by completing the
following steps:
2.1. Insert the extension onto the trim panel.
2.2. Align the retainer into the hole in the door.
2.3. Push the extension until the retainer seats.
Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 38778 Trim Panel Remover
Caution: R efer to B attery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the door handle bezel. Refer to Door
Handle B ezel Replacem ent (Front Door).
3. Remove the window regulator handle, as
necessary. Refer to Window Regulator Handle
Replacement - Door (Front Door).
4. Disconnect the power accessory switch mounting
panel wiring connector, as necessary. Refer to
P ow er Accessory Switch P anel Replacement
5. Remove the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension.
6 . Using a flat blade tool, carefully pry off the trim
panel armrest screw cover in order to access
the screw.
7. Remove the trim panel armrest screw.
8 . Using the J 38778, carefully pry the retainer from
the retainer seats.
9. Disconnect the courtesy light connector, if
necessary.
10. Remove the trim panel from the door.
11. Remove the courtesy lamp lens or the reflector.
12. Pull the retainers from the slot in the trim panel.
13. Remove the retainers.
instailation Procedure
1. Push the retainer from the slot.
2. Install the retainers to the trim panel.
3. Install the courtesy lamp lens or the reflector.

277750

4. Align the retainers with the holes in the door.


5. Install the trim panel to the door by carefully
applying pressure in order to seat the retainers.
6. Install the window regulator handle, as necessary.
Refer to Window Regulator Handle Replacem ent -
Door (Front Door).
7. Install the power accessory switch mounting
panel, as necessary. Refer to P ow er Accessory
Switch P anel Replacement.
N o tice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
8. Install the trim panel armrest screw.
Tighten
Tighten the trim panel armrest screw to
2 N-m (181b in).
9. Insert the screw cover.
10. Install the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim P anel R eplacem ent - U pper Extension.
11. Install the door handle bezel. Refer to Door
Handle B ezel Replacem ent (Front Door).
12. Connect the negative battery cable.
Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 38778 Trim Panel Remover
C au tio n : R e fe r to B a tte ry D is c o n n e c t C au tio n in
C au tio n s a n d N o tic e s .
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the door handle bezel. Refer to Door
Handle B ezel R eplacem ent (Front Door).
3. Remove the window regulator handle, as
necessary. Refer to W indow Regulator Handle
Replacem ent - D oor (Front Door).
4. Remove the speaker, as necessary. Refer to
S peaker Replacem ent (Side Door) in
Entertainment.
5. Remove the trim panel armrest screws.
6. Using the J 38778, carefully pry the retainers from
the retainer seats.
Remove the trim panel from the door.
7. Disconnect the following components:
• The courtesy light connector, as necessary.
• The power window switch connector, as
necessary.
• The speaker wiring, as necessary.
8. Remove the courtesy lamp lens. Refer to Courtesy
Lam p/Reflector R eplacem ent - Door.
9. Remove the power window switch, as necessary.
Refer to R ea r D oor Pow er Window Switch
R ep lacem en t

Installation Procedure
1. Install the retainers to the trim panel.
2. Install the power window switch, as necessary.
Refer to R ea r Door P ow er W indow Switch
R eplacem ent
3. Install the courtesy lamp lens or the reflector, as
necessary. Refer to Courtesy Lam p/Reflector
Replacem ent - Door . . ■
4. Install the speaker, as necessary. Refer to
S peaker Replacem ent (Side Door) in
Entertainment.
5. Connect the following components:
• The courtesy light connector, as necessary.
• The power window switch connector, as
necessary.
• The speaker wiring, as necessary.
6. Align the retainers with the holes in the door.
7. Install the trim panel to the door by applying
pressure in order to seat the retainers.
8. Install the window regulator handle, as necessary.
Refer to Window Regulator Handle R eplacem ent -
Door (Front Door).
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
9. Install the trim panel armrest screws.
Tighten
Tighten the trim panel armrest screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
10. Install the door handle bezel. Refer to D oor
Handle B ezel R eplacem ent (Front Door).
11. Connect the negative battery cable.

Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door


Removal Procedure
Water deflectors seal the inner panel. Water deflectors
prevent water from entering into the body. A strip of
adhesive between the deflector and the door secures
the deflector.
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
2. Remove the water deflector.
2.1. Pull the waterproof sealing tape from the
deflector.
2.2. Using a flat-blade tool, break the bond
between the sealer and the door.

Installation Procedure
1. Using waterproof tape or 3M® 777 (or equivalent),
install the water deflector to the door.
2. Install the trim panel to the door. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacem ent - Side Front Door.

277749
Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
Removal Procedure
Water deflectors seal the inner panel. Water deflectors
prevent water from entering into the body. A strip of
adhesive between the deflector and the door secures
the deflector.
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
Replacem ent - Side R ea r Door.
2. Remove the water deflector.
2.1. Using a flat-blade tool, break the bond
between the sealer and the door.
2.2. Pull the waterproof sealing tape from the
.. deflector.

installation Procedure
1. Using waterproof tape or 3M® 777 (or equivalent),
install the water deflector to the door.
2. Install the trim panel to the door. Refer to Trim
P anel R eplacem ent - Side R ea r Door.

Door Adjustment
Perform this procedure only when bolt-on replacement
hinges are installed.
Tools Required
J 29843-9 TORX® Bit (Bit Size T47)
1. Using the J 29843-9 or a similar tool, remove the
door striker bolt.
2. Loosen the door hinge to the body side pillar bolts.

277768
3. Adjust the door at the door hinges in the following
directions:
• Upward or downward
• Forward or rearward
• Inward or outward
4. Adjust the gap between the rocker panel and the
door to 4 .0 -8 .0 mm (0.16-0.31 in).
5. Adjust the gap between the door and the roof
panel to 3 .0 -9 .0 mm (0.12-0.35 in).
6. Adjust the gap between the rear of the door and
the rear pillar to 3 .0 -5 .0 mm (0.12-0.20 in).
7. Adjust the gap between the door and the fender
to 4 .0 -6 .0 mm (0.16-0.24 in).
8. Adjust the door surfaces so that the door surfaces
are flush with the other panels to 1.0 mm (0.04 in).
N o tice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions
and Notices.
9. Tighten the hinge bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the hinge bolts to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
10. Install the door striker bolt.
Adjust
Adjust the bolt in order to properly engage the
door lock.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 63 N-m (46 Ib ft).

Door Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Apply cloth-backed tape to the door and the body
pillar.
2. Remove the lower hinge pin retainer.
3. Remove the lower hinge pin by completing the
following steps:
3.1. Use a pair of locking pliers in order to grasp
the pin.
3.2. Use a soft-faced hammer in order to drive
out the pin.
3.3. Install a bolt through the lower hinges in
order to temporarily hold the door in place
during the removal of the upper hinge.
4. Remove the upper hinge pin retainer.
5. Remove the upper hinge pin.
6. Remove the bolt from the lower pin hole.
7. Remove the door from the vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the door to the vehicle.
2. Install a bolt through the lower hinge pin holes in
order to temporarily hold the door in place.
3. Install the upper hinge pin with the pointed end of
the pin pointing up.
4. Install a new hinge pin retainer.
5. Remove the temporary bolt from the lower hinge.
6 . Install the lower hinge pin with the pointed
edge of the pin pointing down.
7. Install a new hinge pin retainer.
8. Lubricate the bushing with engine oil.

277794

Door Replacement - Front


Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 3 6 6 0 4 Door Hinge Spring Compressor
C au tio n : R e fe r to B a tte ry D is c o n n e c t C au tio n in
C au tio n s a n d N otices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the cowl side vent cover.
3. Remove the wire harness connectors under the
instrument panel completing the following steps;
3.1. Remove the receptacles from the wire
harness.
3.2. Remove the retainer from the wire harness
grommet.
3.3. Remove the rubber conduit from the door
pillar by pushing the rubber conduit from
the vent cover side.
4. Insert the blades of the J 36604 between the
spring coils.
5. Turn the barrel nut in order to compress and hold
the spring during the removal.
6. Remove the lower hinge pin retainer.
7. Remove the lower hinge pin by completing the
following steps:
7.1. Using a pair of locking pliers, grasp the pin.
7.2. Using a soft-faced hammer, drive out
the pin.
7.3. Install a bolt through the lower hinges in
order to temporarily hold the door in place
during the removal of the upper hinge pin.

8. Remove the upper hinge pin retainer.


9. Remove the upper hinge pin (2).
10. Remove the bolt in the lower hinge pin hole.
11. Remove the door from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure
1 Install the door to the vehicle.
2. Install a bolt through the lower hinge pin holes in
order to hold temporarily the door.
3. Install the upper hinge pin (2) with the pointed end
pointing up.
4. Install the new upper hinge pin retainer.
5. Remove the temporary bolt from the lower hinge.

277756
6. Install the lower hinge pin with the pointed edge
pointing down.
7. Install the new lower hinge pin retainer.

8 . Using the J 36604, install the door hinge spring.


9. Connect the harness connectors by completing
the following steps:
9.1. Install the rubber conduit through the body
pillar.
9.2. Install the retainer around the wire harness
grommet.
9.3. Install the receptacles to the harness under
the instrument panel.
10. Install the cowl side vent cover.
11. Connect the negative battery cable.
12. Lubricate the bushing with engine oil.
Door Replacement - Rear
Removal Procedure
C au tio n : Refer to B a tte ry D is c o n n e c t C au tio n in
C au tio n s a n d N otices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable, as
necessary with vehicles with power door
components.
2. Disconnect the wiring harness (6) connectors
inside the lock-pillar, as necessary, by completing
the following steps:
2.1. Remove the lock-pillar trim panel.
2.2. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors.
2.3. Remove the wire harness conduit (7).
3. Apply cloth-backed tape to the door.
4. Apply cloth-backed tape to the body pillar.

277814

5. Remove the lower hinge pin retainer.


6. Using a pair of locking pliers, grasp the lower
hinge pin.
7. Using a soft-faced hammer, drive out the lower
hinge pin.
8. Install a bolt through the lower hinges in order to
hold temporarily the door in place during the
removal of the upper hinge pin.
9. Remove the upper hinge pin retainer.
10. Remove the upper hinge pin.
11. Remove the bolt in the lower hinge pin hole.
12. Remove the door from the vehicle.

277815
Installation Procedure
1. Install the door to the vehicle.
2. Temporarily install a bolt through the lower hinge
pin holes.
3. Install the upper hinge pin with the pointed end
pointing up.
4. Install the new upper hinge pin retainer.
5. Remove the temporary bolt from the lower hinge.
6. Install the lower hinge pin with the pointed
edge pointing down.
7. Install the new lower hinge pin retainer.

8. Connect the wire harness connectors, as


necessary, inside the lock-pillar by completing the
following steps:
8.1. Route the wire harness (6) through the
conduit (7).
8.2. Connect the wiring harness connectors.
8.3. Install the lock-pillar trim panel.
9. Connect the negative battery cable, as necessary.
10. Lubricate the bushing with engine oil.

277814
Hinge Replacement - Door (Cargo Door) Installation Procedure
1. Install the bolt-on hinges to the pillar and the door
Removal Procedure by completing the following steps:
1. Remove the door from the body. Refer to Cargo 1.1. Position the bolt-on service replacement
Door Replacement. hinges within the scribe marks made on the
body hinge pillar at the time of the
2. Remove the excess sealer surrounding the hinge. removal.
3. Remove the two hinge bolts from the 1.2. Center punch each bolt hole location on the
body hinge pillar and/or on the door.
door pillar.
1.3. Drill a 13.0 mm (0.51 in) hinge attaching
4. Scribe the location of the existing hinges on the hole in 3 steps in order to assure the proper
body pillar and the door. placement of the hinge.
5. Center punch each of the weld marks on the 2. Prepare the surface for the replacement hinges
using a file or a similar tool.
original hinge, so that all of the weld is removed
3. Coat the mating surfaces of the hinges with a
during the drilling.
medium-bodied sealer.
6. Drill a 3.0 mm (0.12 in) pilot hole through the 4. Install the hinges, the backing plate, the bolts, and
welds to a depth that penetrates only the the nuts by completing the following steps:
hinge base. 4.1. Align the hinge, the pillar, and/or the door
with the holes in the hinge pillar and
7. Using the smaller hole as a pilot, drill a
the door.
13.0 mm (0.51 in) hole only through the
4.2. Place the bolts through the hinge, the pillar
hinge base.
and/or the door, and the backing plate.
8 . Drive a chisel between the hinge and the N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
door pillar. Notices.
4.3. Install the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to 35 N-m (26 lb ft).
5. Install the door to the body. Refer to Cargo Door
Replacement.
6. Apply sealer around the hinges.
Hinge Replacement - Door (Access Door)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door from the body. Refer to D oor
Replacement.
2. Remove the excess sea ler surrounding the hinge.
3. Scribe the location of the existing hinges on
the body pillar.
4. Center punch each of the weld marks on the
original hinge (1, 2), so that all of the weld is
removed during the drilling.

393668

5. Drill a 3.0 mm (0.12 in) pilot hole through the


welds to a depth that penetrates only the
hinge base (1).
6. Using the smaller hole as a pilot, drill a
13.0 mm (0.51 in) hole only through the
hinge base.
7. Drive a chisel between the hinge and the pillar.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the bolt-on hinges to the pillar and the door
by completing the following steps:
1.1. Position the bolt-on service replacement
hinges within the scribe marks made on the
body hinge pillar at the time of the
removal.
1.2. Center punch each bolt hole location.
1.3. Drill a 13.0 mm (0.51 mm) hinge attaching
hole in 3 steps in order to assure the proper
placement of the hinge.
2. Prepare the surface for the replacement hinges
using a file or a similar tool.
3. Apply an approved anti-corrosion primer to all
bare metal surfaces.
4. Apply a full-bodied caulk to the entire hinge
mounting surface to ensure proper seal.

393677
5. Install the hinges, the backing plate, the bolts (5),
and the nuts (2) by completing the fo llowing steps:
5.1. Align the hinge, the pillar, and/or the
door with the holes in the hinge pillar
and the door.
5.2. Place the bolts through the hinge, the pillar
and/or the door, and the backing plate.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
5.3. Install the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
6. Before installing the access door, modify (door
side of the hinge) upper and lower extensions (2).
Replacement hinge must maintain a gap of
2mm between the door side of the hinge and the
body side of the hinge bolts.
7. Install the door to the body. Refer to D oor
Replacement.
8. Adjust the door. Refer to D oor Adjustment.

9. Apply sealer around the hinges.


Hinge Replacement - F r o n t D o o r
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door from the body. Refer to Door
R eplacem ent - Front
2. Remove the excess sealer surrounding the hinge.
3. Scribe the location of the existing hinges on
the body pillar and the door.
4. Center punch each of the weld marks on the
original hinge, so that all of the weld is removed
during the drilling.

277760

5. Drill a 3.0 mm (0.12 in) pilot hole through the


welds (5) to a depth that penetrates only the
hinge base.
6. Using the smaller hole as a pilot, drill a
13.0 mm (0.51 in) hole only through the
hinge base.

277761

7. Drive a chisel between the hinge and the


door pillar.
8. In the replacement of the left hinge, complete the
following steps:
8.1. Remove the sill plate. Refer to Door Sill
Plate R eplacem ent in Interior Trim.
8.2. Lift the kick pad from the retainers in order
to remove the kick pad.
8.3. Remove the parking brake assembly. Refer
to Park Brake Lever R eplacem ent in
Parking Brake.
8.4. Carefully pry away the cowl side panel
insulator over the lower access hole.
Set aside the cowl side panel insulator
for reuse.

277762
9. In the replacement of the right hinge, complete
the following steps.
9.1. Remove the sill plate. Refer to D oor Sill
Plate R eplacem ent in Interior Trim.
9.2. Lift the kick pad from the retainers in order
to remove the kick pad.
9.3. Remove the storage compartment. Refer to
Com partm ent R eplacem ent - IP in
Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console.
9.4. Carefully pry away the cowl side panel
insulator over the lower access hole.
Set aside the cowl side panel insulator
for reuse.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the bolt-on hinges to the pillar and the door
by completing the following steps:
1.1. Position the bolt-on service replacement
hinges within the scribe marks made on the
body hinge pillar at the time of the
removal.
1.2. Center punch each bolt hole location on the
body hinge pillar and/or on the door.
1.3. Drill a 13.0 mm (0.51 in) hinge attaching
hole in 3 steps in order to assure the proper
placement of the hinge.
2. Prepare the surface for the replacement hinges
using a file or a similar tool.
3. Coat the mating surfaces of the hinges with a
medium-bodied sealer.
4. Install the hinges, the backing plate, the bolts, and
the nuts by completing the following steps:
4.1. Align the hinge, the pillar, and/or the door
with the holes in the hinge pillar and
the door.
4.2. Place the bolts through the hinge, the pillar
and/or the door, and the backing plate.
5. Apply sealer around the hinges.
N otice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
6 . Install the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).

277766
7. In the replacement of the left side hinges,
complete the following steps:
7.1. Install the cowl side panel insulator over the
lower access hole.
7.2. Install the parking brake assembly. Refer to
Park Brake Lever Replacem ent in
Parking Brake.
7.3. Install the kick pad.
7.4. Install the sill plate. Refer to D oor Sill Plate
Replacem ent in Interior Trim.
8. In the replacement of the right side hinges,
complete the following steps:
8.1. Install the cowl side panel insulator over the
lower access hole.
8.2. Install the glove compartment. Refer to
Com partm ent Replacem ent - IP in
Instrument Panel, Gauges and Console.
8.3. Install the kick pad.
8.4. Install the sill plate. Refer to Door Sill Plate
R eplacem ent in Interior Trim.
9. Install the door to the body. Refer to Door
R eplacem ent - Front.
10. Install the door module panel. Refer to Pow er
Accessory Switch P anel Replacement.
11. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
12. Adjust the door. Refer to Door Adjustment.

Hinge Replacement - Rear Door


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door from the body. Refer to Door
R eplacem ent - Rear.
2. Remove the excess sealer surrounding the hinge.
3. Remove the lock-pillar trim panel.
4. Scribe the location of the existing hinges on the
body pillar and the door.

277816
5. Center punch each of the weld marks on the
original hinge, so that all of the weld is removed
during the drilling.

6 . Drill a 3.0 mm (0.12 in) pilot hole through the


welds (5) to a depth that penetrates only the
hinge base.
7. Using the smaller hole as a pilot, drill a 13.0 mm
(0.51 in) hole only through the hinge base.
8 . Drive a chisel between the hinge and the door
pillar.

Installation Procedure
1. Position the bolt-on service replacement hinges
within the scribe marks made on the body hinge
pillar at the time of the removal.

I 277760
2. Center punch (5) each bolt hole location on the
body hinge pillar and/or on the door.
3. Drill a 13.0 mm (0.51 in) hinge attaching hole (3)
in 3 steps in order to assure the proper placement
of the hinge.
4. Prepare the surface for the replacement hinges
using a file or a similar tool.
5. Coat the mating surfaces of the hinges with a
medium-bodied sealer.
6. Install the hinges, the backing p late, the bolts, and
the nuts by completing the following steps:
6.1. Align the hinge, the pillar, and/or the door
with the holes in the hinge pillar and
the door.
6.2. Place the bolts through the hinge, the pillar
and/or the door, and the backing plate.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
277761
6.3. Install the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
7. Install the door to the body. Door
R eplacem ent - Rear.
8. Install the lock-pillar trim panel.
9. Adjust the door. Refer to Door Adjustment.
10. Apply sealer around the hinges.

277816
Door Check Link Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Fully open the door.
2. Remove the body-side check strap bolts.
3. Remove the door-side check strap bolts.
4. Pull the check strap from the inside of the door.

installation Procedure
1. Align the installation tab.
2. Install the check strap in the door.
3. Install the check strap in the body.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
4. Install the check strap bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 10 N-m (89 Ib in).

Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Upper Extension.
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Rear Door.
3. Remove the inner mounting panel assembly.
Refer to Door Module Replacement - Front.
4. Remove the outside handle rod from the rod clip.
5. Remove the lock cylinder rod from the rod clip.
6. Remove the outside handle mounting screws.
7. Remove the door lock cylinder from the outside
handle housing.
In order to repair a binding lock cylinder, refer to
Binding Lock Cylinders.
8. Remove-.the handle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle to the vehicle.
2. If the lock cylinder is a replacement, apply a
coating of GM P/N 12345120 or a similar
lubricant to the inside of the lock case and the
cylinder keyway.
3. Install the door lock cylinder to the outside handle
housing.
In order to code a new lock cylinder, refer to Key
and Lock Cylinder Coding in General Information.

4. Install the lock cylinder rod to the lock cylinder clip.


5. Install the handle rod to the handle assembly clip.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
6. Install the outside handle mounting bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 4 N-m (35 Ib in).
7. Install the inner mounting panel assembly. Refer
to D oor Module R eplacem ent - Front
8. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
R eplacem ent - R ea r Door.
9. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacem ent - Upper Extension.
Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the trim panel . Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side R ear Door.
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector R eplacem ent - R e a r Door.
3. Remove the outside handle mounting bolts.
4. Remove the handle control rod from the clip
retainer.
5. Remove the outside handle from the door.

277830

installation Procedure
1. Install the handle control rod to the handle clip
retainer.
2. If the lock cylinder is a replacement, apply a
coating of GM P/N 12345120 or a similar
lubricant to the inside of the lock case and to the
cylinder keyway prior to installing the cylinder.
3. Install the handle to the vehicle by completing the
following steps:
3.1. Hold the handle assembly upside down.
3.2. Insert the handle control rod into the hole in
the lock.
3.3. Turn the handle assembly right side up.
N o tice; Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
4. Install the outside handle mounting bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 4 N*m (35 Ib in).
5. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
R eplacem ent - R ear Door.
6. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacem ent - Side R e a r Door.
Door Handle Replacement - Inside
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 3 4 9 4 0 Rivet Gun
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector R eplacem ent - Front Door.
3. Remove the inside door handle assembly by
completing the following steps:
• Drill out the rivet head using a 5-mm (0.2-in)
drill bit.
• Slide forward the door handle.
4. Disconnect the control rods from the handle and
the lock lever.

277771

Installation Procedure
1. Connect the control rods to the handle and the
lock lever.
2. Install the inside door handle by completing the
following steps:
• Insert the handle assembly into the slot.
• Slide the assembly to the rear.
• Using the J 34940, install the handle rivet.
3. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
R eplacem ent - Front Door.
4. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.

277771

Door Handle Bracket Replacement - Inside


Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 3 4 9 4 0 Rivet Gun
1. Remove the inside door handle assembly. Refer
to Door Handle R eplacem ent - Inside.
2. Drill out the rivets in order to remove the inside
doqr handle bracket from door.

277824
Installation P ro c ed u r e
1. Using the J 34940, install with rivets the inside
door handle bracket to the door.
2. Install the inside door handle assembly. Refer to
D oor Handle Replacem ent - Inside.

D oor Handle Replacement - Rear inside


R em oval P ro c ed u r e
Tools Required
J 3 4 9 4 0 Rivet Gun
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side R e a r Door.
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector R eplacem ent - R ea r Door.
3. Remove the inside door handle assembly
completing the following steps:
® Drill out the rivet heads.
® Slide forward the door handle.

277820

4. Disconnect the inside handle control rod from the


handle and lock lever assembly.
5. Disconnect the inside lock control rod from the
handle and lock lever assembly.
Installation Procedure
1. Connect the inside handle control rod to the
handle and lock lever assembly.
2. Connect the inside lock control rod to the handle
and lock lever assembly,

3. Install the inside door handle by completing the


following steps:
• Insert the handle assembly into the slot and
slide the assembly to the rear.
• Using the J 34940 , install the handle rivets.
4. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
Replacem ent - R e a r Door.
5. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
Replacem ent - Side R e a r Door.

Lock Replacement - Front Door


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
Replacem ent - Side Front Door.
2. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector R eplacem ent - Front Door.
3. Remove the inner mounting panel assembly.
Refer to D oor Module R eplacem ent - Front.
4. Remove the inside door handle and lock
control rods.
5. Remove the lock assembly bolts.
6. Remove the outside door handle and lock
control rods.
7. Replace the plastic retainers following
disassembly.

277174

Installation Procedure
1. Pu ll out the outside handle from the door opening.
Slide the latch outside door connector onto the
outside handle rod.
2. Twist the latch into the door assembly.
3. Retain the latch with the 3 screws.

277774

4. Connect the inside handle rod to the latch.


The inside handle rod is the top rod.
5. Connect the inside lock rod to the latch.
The inside lock rod is the bottom rod.
6. Insert the key in the lock cylinder.
7. Adjust up and down the rod by turning the key
through the opening.
8. Install the inner mounting panel assembly. Refer
to Door Module R eplacem ent - Front.
9. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
Replacem ent - Front Door.
10. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
Replacem ent - Side Front Door.
Lock Replacement - Rear Door
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the window completely.
2. Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to Trim
P a n e l R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector R eplacem ent - Front Door.
4. Remove the outside door handle (3). Refer to
Door Handle R eplacem ent - Front Outside.
5. Remove the clip that retains the lock cylinder
lever to the lock cylinder (1).
6. Press the lock cylinder retainer. Remove the lock
cylinder (1) from the outside door handle (3).

333932

Installation Procedure
1. Press the lock cylinder (1) in the outside door
handle (3) in order to engage the lock cylinder
retainer.
2. Install the clip in order to retain the lock cylinder
lever to the lock cylinder (1).
3. Install the outside door handle (3). Refer to Door
Handle R eplacem ent - Front Outside.
4. Install the front door water deflector. Refer to
W ater Deflector Replacem ent - Front Door.
5. Install the front door trim panel. Refer to Trim
P anel R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.

333932

Lock Cylinder R eplacem ent- Door


Removal Procedure
1. Raise the window completely.
2. Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to Trim
P anel R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector R eplacem ent - Front Door.
4. Remove the outside door handle (3). Refer to
D oor Handle R eplacem ent - Front Outside.
5. Remove the clip that retains the lock cylinder
lever to the lock cylinder (1),
6 . Press the lock cylinder retainer. Remove the lock
cylinder (1) from the outside door handle (3).

333932
Installation Procedure :
1. Press the lock cylinder ( 1) in the outside door
handle (3) in order to engage the lock cylinder
retainer.
2 . Install the clip in order to retain the lock cylinder
lever to the lock cylinder ( 1).
3. Install the outside door handle (3). Refer to Door
Handle Replacement - Front Outside.
4. Install the front door water deflector. Refer to
Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door.
5. Install the front door trim panel. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacement - Side Front Door.

333932

Binding Lock Cylinders


In many cases, applying the proper lubrication can
correct the following conditions:
• Binding or sticking door lock cylinders
• Difficulty in inserting and removing keys
For lubricating these components, the following
recommended lubricants are listed in order of
preference:
1. Lubricant GM P/N 12345120
2. 5 W 30 motor oil
3. Silicone spray GM P/N 1052276
Do not use penetrating lubricants such as
GM P/N 1052949 or WD-40®. Penetrating lubricants
wash out the original lubrication. Penetrating lubricants
eventually evaporate, leaving little or no lubricating
material. However, when using penetrating lubricants
in order to thaw or in order to loosen the lock
cylinder components, refer to steps 2 -4 in the
procedure below for the proper methods of lubrication.
Repair lock cylinders frozen in cold weather by
using the following procedure:
1. While carefully avoiding damaged-to the painted
surfaces, apply heat to the cylinder with a
heat gun.
2. Using a paper clip or a similar item, hold the door
shutter open.
Force air into the cylinders using compressed air
through a blow gun attachment.
3. While holding the shutter door open, inject small
amounts of a recommended lubricant into the
cylinder.
4. Work the key into the cylinder repeatedly.
Wipe away any excess lubrication from the key.
Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Lower)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door trim panel. Refer to Door Trim
Panel Replacement.
2. Remove the water deflector, as necessary. Refer
to Inner Panel Water Deflector Replacement.
3. Remove the access hole cover, as necessary.
4. Disconnect the control rod (2) from the latch.

277861

5. Remove the control latch bolts.


Remove the spacer (2).
6. Remove the control latch from the door.

277862

Installation Procedure
1. Install the control latch to the door.
2. Install the control latch spacer (2).
Install the bolts.

277862
3. Connect the control rod (2) to the latch.
4. Install the access hole cover, as necessary.
5. Install the water deflector, as necessary. Refer to
Inner Panel Water Deflector Replacement.
6. Install the door trim panel. Refer to Door Trim
Panel Replacement.

Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Upper)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door trim panel. Refer to Door Trim
Panel Replacement.
2. Remove the water deflector, as necessary. Refer
to Inner Panel Water Deflector Replacement.
3. Remove the access hole cover, as necessary.
4. Disconnect the control rod (1) from the latch.

5. Remove the latch cover screw.


6. Remove the latch cover.
7. Remove the latch bolts.
8. Remove the latch from the door.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch to the door.
2. Insta ll the latch bolts.

3. Connect the control rod (1) to the latch.


4. Install the access hole cover, as necessary.
5. Insta ll the water deflector, as necessary. Refer to
Inner Panel Water Deflector Replacement.
6. Install the door trim panel. Refer to Door Trim
Panel Replacement.
Latch Replacement - Door (Upper)
Removal Procedure
Remove the latch assembly bo lts.

277798
installation Procedure
1. Start by hand the front latch assemb ly bolts in
order to engage the net hole locator.
2. Start by hand the rear latch assembly bolts in
order to engage the net hole locator.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Adjust the latch assembly.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 24 N-m (18 Ib ft).

Latch Replacement - Door (Lower)


Removal Procedure
1. Note the alignment of the door latch by completing
the appropriate step:
• Use the striker as an alignment guide.
• If the striker has been removed, mark the
location of the door latch.
2. Remove the latch assembly bolts.

277799
Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch assemb ly bo lts.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Adjust the latch assembly alignment.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 24 N-m (18 Ib ft).

Striker Replacement - Door (Front Door)


Removal Procedure
The door striker bolts are special bolts and a washer
mounted on the door opening’s rear pillar. The
bolts pass through a hole into a threaded plate behind
the pillar. The lock cam, or arm, of the locking
mechanism engages and snaps around the striker
bolt. In this position, the locking mechanism secures
the cab door.
The striker bolt position is not adjustable.
Tools Required
J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 TORX® Bit (Bit Size T47)
1. Mark the position of the striker bolt spacer on the
door pillar.
2. Using the J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 or a similar tool, remove the
striker bolts.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the striker bolts into the door pillar
retaining plate.
2. Align the striker bolt spacer with the mark made
during the removal.
N o tice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Using the J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 or a similar tool, hold the
spacer in position.
Tighten
Tighten the striker bolt to 63 N-m (46 Ib ft).

277768
Striker Replacement - Door (Rear Door)
Removal Procedure
The door striker bolts are special bolts and a washer
mounted on the door opening’s rear pillar. The
bolts pass through a hole into a threaded plate behind
the pillar. The lock cam, or arm, of the locking
mechanism engages and snaps around the striker
bolt. In this position, the locking mechanism secures
the cab door.
The striker bolt position is not adjustable.
Tools Required
J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 TORX® Bit (Bit Size T47)
1. Mark the position of the striker bolt spacer on the
door pillar.
2. Using the J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 or a similar tool, remove the
striker bolts.

Installation Procedure
1. Insta ll the striker bolts into the door pillar
retaining plate.
2. Align the striker bolt spacer with the mark made
during the removal.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Using the J 2 9 8 4 3 -9 or a similar tool, hold the
spacer in position.
Tighten
Tighten the striker bolt to 28 N-m (21 Ib ft).

Door Hardware Lubrication


The mechanical components of the door assembly
receive lubrication during the assembly. If any
door hardware mechanism needs additional
lubrication, use Lubriplate Spray-Lube A
GM P/N 1052349, Lubriplate Auto-Lube A
GM P/N 1052196, or a similar lubricant. Lubricate the
door hinge pins and rollers at normal service
intervals with a 30 weight engine oil. Do not lubricate
the hinge roller to hold-open link contacting surfaces.
This may prevent the roller from rolling properly.
Door Module Replacement - Front
Removal Procedure
Caution: R efer to B attery D isconnect Caution in
C autions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Lower the window.
3. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
4. Remove the water deflector. Refer to W ater
Deflector Replacem ent - Front Door.
5. Carefully pry out the retainer clips in order to
remove the speaker, as necessary.
6 . Remove the inner panel bolts.

7. Remove the lock rods from the following


components:
• The lock handle
• The lock lever
• The lock rod guides
8 . Disconnect the wiring harness.
9. Slide the inner mounting panel rearward in order
to release the regulator roller from the
window sash.
Remove the inner mounting panel.

Installation Procedure
1. Slide the inner mounting panel forward in order to
release the regulator roller from the window sash.
Install the inner mounting panel to the
window sash.
2. Connect the wiring harness.

277772
3. Install the lock rods to the following components:
• The lock handle
• The lock lever
• The lock rod guides
4. Install the inner panel bolts.
5. Install the speaker, as necessary.
6. Carefully pry out the retainer clips in order to
install the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
7. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
R eplacem ent - Front Door.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.

277746

Wiring Harness Replacement - Door


(Rear Cargo Door)
Removal Procedure
Caution: Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
C au tio n s a n d N otices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement.
3. Disconnect the wiring by completing the
following steps:
3.1. Remove the wiring contact (1) screws.
3.2. Disconnect the door wiring contact
connector.
3.3. Disconnect the window defogger wiring
connectors (5).
3.4. Disconnect the power door lock actuator
connector (4).
3.5. Remove the wiring harness retainers.
4. Remove the wiring harness from the door.

277850
Installation Procedure
1. Install the wiring harness to the door.
2. Connect the wiring by completing the
following steps:
2.1. Install the wiring harness retainers.
2.2. Connect the power door lock actuator
connector (4).
2.3. Connect the window defogger wiring
connectors (5).
2.4. Connect the door wiring contact (1)
connector.
2.5. I nstall the door wiring contact screws.
3. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement.
4. Connect the negative battery cable.

Wiring Harness Replacement - Door


(Front Door)
Removal Procedure
Caution: Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the cowl kick panel.
3. Disconnect the cross body wiring harness.

277754
4. Remove the conduit
5. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim P anel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
6. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Front Door.
7. Disconnect the power mirror connector (9), as
necessary.
8. Disconnect the keyless entry connector (10), as
necessary.
9. Disconnect the power door lock actuator
connector (2), as necessary.
10. Disconnect the power window motor wiring
connector (7), as necessary.
11. Remove the courtesy lamp harness retainers, as
necessary.
12. Remove the speaker.
13. Disconnect the speaker wiring harness
connector (8), as necessary.
14. Remove the door wiring harness from the door.

Installation Procedure
1 . Install the door wiring harness to the door.
2. Connect the speaker wiring harness connector (8),
as necessary.
3. Install the speaker.
4. Install the courtesy lamp harness retainers, as
necessary.
5. Disconnect the power window motor wiring
connector (7), as necessary.
6. Install the power door lock actuator connector (2)
into the latch, as necessary.
7. Connect the keyless entry connector (10), as
necessary.
8. Connect the power mirror connector (9), as
necessary.
9. Install the water deflector. Refer to W ater Deflector
R eplacem ent - Front Door.
10. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
R eplacem ent - Side Front Door.
11. Install the conduit.

277755
12. Connect the cross body wiring harness.
13. Install the cowl kick panel.
14. Connect the negative battery cable.

277754

Wiring Harness Replacement - Door


(Rear Door)
Removal Procedure
Caution: Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the lock-pillar trim panel.
3. Disconnect the following components:
• The body harness (1)
• The conduit (7)
• The power door lock connector (1)
4. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
5. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Rear Door.
6 . Remove the courtesy lamp wiring retainers.
7. Disconnect the power window motor wiring
connector (5).

277814
Installation P rocedure
1. Connect the power window motor wiring
connector (5).
2. Install the courtesy lamp wiring retainers.
3. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
Replacement - Rear Door.
4. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
5. Connect the following components:
• The body harness (6 )
• The conduit (7)
• The lock actuator
6 . Install the lock-pillar trim panel.
7. Connect the negative battery cable.

Window Regulator Replacement -


Front Door
Removal Procedure
The power window motor cannot be serviced. Replace
the power window motor as a unit with the regulator.
Tools Required
J 34940 Rivet Gun
C aution: Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Front Door.
4. Remove the inner mounting panel assembly.
Refer to Door Module Replacement - Front.
5. Drill out the front rivets securing the regulator to
the door inner panel.
6 . Drill out the rear rivets securing the regulator to
the door inner panel.
7. Remove the regulator from the inner panel.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the regulator to the inner panel
2. Using the J 34940, install the rivets securing the
regulator to the door inner panel.
3. Install the inner mounting panel assembly. Refer
to D o o r M o d u l e R e p l a c e m e n t - Front
4. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
Replacement - Front Door.
5. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
6. Connect the negative battery cable.

Window Regulator Replacement -


Rear Door
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 34940 Rivet Gun
The power window motor cannot be serviced. Replace
the power window motor as a unit with the regulator.
C aution: Refer to B attery D isconnect Caution
in C autions and Notices.
1 . Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Rear Door.
4. Remove the window glass. Refer to Window
Replacement - Rear Door.
5. Remove the window sash.
6. Remove the glass weatherstrip.
7. Remove the regulator assembly (2 ) from the door
by completing the following steps:
7.1 . Drill the rivets securing the regulator to the
door inner panel.
7.2. Remove the guide regulator assembly
through the rear lower hole.
Installation Procedure
1. I nstall the regulator assembly (2) to the door by
completing the following steps:
1.1. Install the guide regulator assembly through
the rear lower hole.
1 .2 . Using the J 3 4 9 4 0 , install the rivets securing
the regulator to the door inner panel.
2. Install the glass weatherstrip.
3. Install the window sash.
4. Install the window glass. Refer to Window
Replacement - Rear Door.
5. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
Replacement - Rear Door.
6. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
1. Connect the negative battery cable.

Window Regulator Handle Replacement -


Door (Front Door)
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 9886-01 Door Handle Remover
1. Remove the window regulator handle (1) from
vehicle by completing the following steps:
1.1. Insert the J 9886-01 between the handle
and the bearing plate.
1.2. Align the tool.
1.3. Push the tool in order to disengage the clip,
1.4. Pull the handle from the door.

277806

2. Remove the bearing plate.


Installation Procedure
1. Install the bearing plate to the door.

277745

2. Install the window regulator handle (1) by


completing the following steps:
2.1. Raise the window.
2.2. Install the clip onto the handle.
2.3. Insert the handle onto the window regulator
shaft so that the handle points toward the
front of the door.
2.4. Push the handle until the clip engages the
window regulator shaft.

277806

Window Regulator Handle Replacement -


Door (Rear Door)
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 9886-01 Door Handle Remover
1. Remove the window regulator handle (1) from
vehicle by completing the following steps:
1.1. Insert the J 9886-01 between the handle
and the bearing plate.
1.2. Align the tool.
1.3. Push the tool in order to disengage the clip.
1.4. Pull the handle from the door.

277806
2, Remove the bearing plate.

Installation Procedure -9
1. Install the bearing plate to the door.
2. Install the window regul ator handl e by completing
the fol lowing steps:
2 .1 . Raise the window.
2.2. Install the clip onto the handle.
2.3. Insert the handle onto the window regulator
shaft so that the handle points toward the
front of the door.
2.4. Push the handle until the clip engages the
window regulator shaft.

Window Replacement - Front Door


Removal Procedure
1. Lower the window.
2. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Rear Door.
4. Remove the inner mounting panel assembly.
Refer to Door Module Replacement - Front.

277746
5. Remove the window front channel top screw.
6 . From the bottom of the door, slide out the window
from the glass channels.

277781

Installation Procedure
1. Slide the window into the glass channels through
the bottom of the door.
2. Install the window front channel top bolt.
Do not tighten the bolt.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Install the inner mounting panel by completing the
following steps:
3.1. Slide the regulator rollers into the glass
channel.
3.2. Align the inner panel lower front corner bolt
with the hole in the front glass channel
assembly.
3.3. Tighten the front channel top bolt.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3.4. Tighten all of the inner panel bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 2 N-m (18 Ib in).
4. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
Replacement - Rear Door.
277746
5. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.

Window Replacement - Rear Door


Removal Procedure
1. Lower the window.
2. Remove the trim panei. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Rear Door.
3. Remove the water deflector. Refer to Water
Deflector Replacement - Rear Door.
4. Remove the window sash channel bolts.

277831
5. Pull the glass weatherstrip out of the window
frame and the front run channel.
6. Lift the window out of the top of the door.

Installation P rocedure
1 . Slide the window through the top of the door into
the glass channels.
2 . Install the glass weatherstrip.

Notice; Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and


Notices.
3. Install the window sash channel bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the window sash channel bolts to
2 N*m (181b in),
4. Install the water deflector. Refer to Water Deflector
R e p la c e m e n t - R e a r D o o r .
5. Install the trim panel. Refer to T r i m P a n e l
Replacement - Side Rear Door.

277831
Window Run Channel Replacement
(Front Door)
R em oval Procedure
1. Remove the window. Refer to Window Regulator
Replacement - Front Door.
2 . Remove the window glass weatherstrip. Refer to
Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window.
3. Remove the front glass run channel top bolt.
4. Remove the front glass run channel from the door.

277781

Installation P rocedure
1. Install the front glass run channel from the door.
2 . Install the front glass run channel top bolt.
Do not tighten the bolt.
3. Install the window glass weatherstrip. Refer to
Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window.
4. Install the window. Refer to Window Regulator
Replacement - Front Door.
Window Run Channel Replacement
(Rear Door)
R em oval Pro ced u re
1. Remove the window. Refer to Window
Replacement - Rear Door.
2. Remove the window glass weatherstrip. Refer to
Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window.
3. Remove the front glass run channel top bolt.
4. Remove the front glass run channel from the door.

277843

Installation P rocedure
1 . Install the front glass run channel to the door.
2. Install the front glass run channel top bolt.
Do not tighten the bolt.
3. Install the window glass weatherstrip. Refer to
Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window.
4. Install the window. Refer to Window
Replacement - Rear Door.

277843

Sealing Strip Replacement - Outer Belt


Removal Procedure
1. Open the door.
2. Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
3. Remove the outers sealing strip from the door
channel.

277867
Installation Procedure
1. Press the outer sealing strip into place in the door
channel.
2. Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
3. Close the door.

277867

Sealing Strip - Front Door Window


Belt Outer
Removal Procedure
The outer belt sealing strip seals between the inner
and outer door panels and the window at the belt line.
The outer sealing strip is replaceable. Do not
remove the inner sealing strip, because the strip
attaches with staples to the trim panel.
1 . Open the door.
2 . Remove the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
3. Remove the outer sealing strip from the door
channel.

Installation Procedure
1. Press the outer sealing strip into place in the door
channel.
2 . Install the trim panel. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Side Front Door.
3. Close the door.

277866
Sealing Strip - Side Front Door Bottom
Auxiliary
Removal Procedure
Tools Required
J 38778 Trim Panel Remover
1. Open the door.
2. Using the J 38778, remove the weatherstrip from
the mounting surface.

Installation Procedure
1 . Press the retainers into place in order to install
the weatherstrip to the mounting surface.
2 . Close the door.

Weatherstrip Replacement - Door


Removal Procedure
1. Open the door.
2. Pull the roof drip molding from the pinchweld and
the windshield molding flange.

277870
installation Procedure
1. Push the roof drip molding over the pinchweld.
2 . Close the door.

Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door


Window
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the window. Refer to Window
Replacement - Front Door.
2. Pull the weatherstrip from the following locations:
• The front of the glass run channel
• The top of the window frame flange
• The rear of the glass run channel

Installation Procedure
1. Install the weatherstrip to the following locations:
1.1 . The front of the glass run channel
1.2. The top of the window frame flange
1.3. The rear of the glass run channel
2. Install the window. Refer to Window Replacement
- Front Door.

277782
Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
Window
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the window. Refer to Window
Replacement - Rear Door.
2. Pull the weatherstrip from the following locations:
® The front of the glass run channel
• The top of the window frame flange
• The rear of the glass run channel

Installation Procedure
1. Install the weatherstrip to the following locations:
1.1. The front of the glass run channel
1.2 . The top of the window frame flange
1.3. The rear of the glass run channel
2 . Install the window. Refer to Window Replacement
- Rear Door.

Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Door


Opening
Removal Procedure
1 . Open the door.
2. Pull the weatherstrip from the door pinchweld
flange.
installation Procedure
1 . Install the door weatherstrip to the door pinchweld
flange by completing the following steps:
1.1. Position the preformed corner of the
weatherstrip in the upper rear corner of
the door opening.
1.2. Starting at the preformed corner, push the
weatherstrip onto the flange.
1 .3. Continue pushing the weatherstrip onto the
flange around the entire edge of the door
opening.
2 . Close the door.

Mirror Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension.
2 . Remove the access hole plugs.
3. Remove the nuts securing the outside rearview
mirror to the door.
4. Remove the outside rearview mirror from the door.
5. Disconnect the electrical connector.

Installation Procedure
1. Connect the electrical connector.
2. Install the outside rearview mirror to the door.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions
and Notices.
3. Install the nuts in order to secure the outside
rearview mirror to the door.
Tighten
Tighten the outside rearview mirror nuts to
6 N-m (53 Ib in).
4. Install the access hole plugs.
5. Install the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension.

277784
Mirror Replacement - Manual
Removal Procedure
1 . Remove the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
2. Remove the access hole plugs.
3. Remove the nut securing the outside rearview
mirror to the door.
4. Remove the outside rearview mirror.

277785

Installation Procedure
1 . Install the outside rearview mirror to the door.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions
and Notices.
2. Install the nuts securing the outside rearview
mirror to the door.
Tighten
Tighten the outside rearview mirror nuts to
6 N-m (53 Ib in).
3. Install the access hole plugs.
4. Install the trim panel upper extension. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension.

277785
Mirror Face Replacement 6. In the replacement of a right mirror, complete the
following steps:
R em oval P rocedure
6.1. Actuate the mirror in a downward travel.
1. Remove the mirror from the door. Refer to Mirror
R e p la c e m e n t This action pulls the up/down jack screw
into the motor pack.
' 2. Remove the damaged mirror back and glass
sub-assembly from the mirror housing by 6.2. Discontinue actuation when the travel
. completing the following steps; draws in 50 percent of the length of the
2.1. Insert your fingers as far as possible behind up/down jack screw.
the mirror back toward., the center of 6.3. Actuate the mirror in a rightward travel.
the back.
This action pulls the left/right jack screw
2.2. With force sufficient in order to disengage into the motor pack.
the trunnion from the motor pack, pull
straight out of the housing the mirror back. 6.4. Discontinue actuation when the travel
draws in 50 percent of the length of the
3. Inspect the motor pack top for any damage to the
left/right jack screw.
trunnion area.
: 4. Remove the remaining jack screws that may Important: Proper alignment of the trunnion prevents
remain in the motor pack helical gear openings. damage to the motor pack trunnion receptor area.
■ 5. Clean the glass from the inside of the 7. Look over the top of the mirror back into the mirror
mirror frame. housing.
Installation Procedure Manipulate the mirror back in order to align the
1. Remove the replacement mirror back and the mirror back trunnion into the motor pack
glass sub-assembly. receptor area.
2. Inspect the components for damage. Ensure that Important: Do not strike the glass. Uniformly apply
the mirror back and glass sub-assembly has a increasing pressure.
trunnion bar and 2 jack screws.
8. Place the palm of your hand on the center of
; 3. Align the mirror back jack screws with the helical the glass.
gear openings.
Firmly press the glass toward the motor pack in
4. Gently press toward the motor pack the
order to achieve proper insertion.
mirror back.
Apply slight pressure on the jack screws at the The insertion is complete when the mirror back
helical gear openings. trunnion nests in the motor pack trunnion area.
■ 5. In the replacement of a left mirror, complete the 9. In order to test the installation, press the glass
following steps: with your hand in order to move the glass in
5.1. Actuate the mirror in a downward travel. each direction.
This action pulls the up/down jack screw Observe for the following conditions that indicate
into the motor pack. a successful installation:
5.2. Discontinue actuation when the travel • The mirror back remains firmly attached to the
draws in 50 percent of the length of the motor pack.
up/down jack screw.
• Electrical actuation of the mirror is possible.
5.3. Actuate the mirror in a leftward travel.
10. Install the mirror to the door. Refer to Mirror
This action pulls the left/right jack screw Replacement
into the motor pack.
5.4. Discontinue actuation when the travel
draws in 50 percent of the length of the
left/right jack screw.
Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
Removal Procedure
The pressure relief valves are in the front doors of the
pickup models. The pressure relief valves are
behind the quarter panel stationary glass on utility and
Suburban models.
1. Remove the outside vent valve assembly by
completing the following steps:
1.1. Remove the screw retaining the assembly
to the door.
1.2. Lift up the valve assembly.
Remove the valve assembly.

2. Remove the inside module valve assembly by


completing the following steps:
2.1. Remove the door trim panel. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacement - Side . Front Door.
2.2. Drill out the rivets in order to remove
the valve.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the outside vent valve assembly to the
door edge.

277787
2. Install the inside module vent valve assembly by
completing the following steps:
2.1. Install with rivets the valve assembly to
the door.
2.2. Install the door trim panel. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacement - Side Front Door.

Description and Operation


Door Description
Doors on C/K model trucks use hinges that are
welded to the door and to the body. There is no
adjustment to this type of hinge. The replacement
hinges bolt to the door and to the body side pillar. The
replacement hinges are adjustable.

Power Windows Operation


A permanent magnet motor operates each of the
power side windows. Each motor raises or lowers the
glass when the motor receives voltage. The direction
the motor turns depends on the polarity of the
supply voltage. The side window switches control the
polarity of the supply voltage.
The left front door lock and side window switch
controls all of the motors. The other window switches
control only the window regulator motor in that door.
A built-in circuit breaker protects each motor. The
circuit breaker opens the circuit when the switch
is open for too long of a period of time under the
following conditions:
* The window has an obstruction.
• The window is fully open or fully closed.
The circuit breaker resets automatically as the circuit
breaker cools.
Master Window Switch Operation Power Window Master Switch Description
When the ignition switch is in the RUN position, The power window master switch can control the
battery voltage is available through the UP / DOWN function of all the power windows. This is
PWR WDO circuit breaker and CKT 343 (YEL) to the accomplished by wiring the power window master
left front door lock and side window switch. The switch in series with the individual power window
operation of the left front wind up switch supplies switches and motors. We’ll use the RR power window
battery voltage to the left front window regulator motor for an example. Ground is supplied from G202
through CKT 164 (DK BLU). The window motor through CKT 150 (BLK) to connector C2 cavity C of
grounds through CKT 165 (BRN) and through the the power window master. The internal circuitry of the
window switch down contact. power window master switch has this ground at the
The regulator motor runs in order to drive upward the normally closed contacts of the master window switch
window. The operation of the down switch supplies to connector C2 cavity H and into CKT 170
battery voltage in the opposite direction to the window (LT GRN) and connector C l cavity H and into CKT 171
regulator motor through CKT 165 (BRN). The (PPL). These circuits connect to the RR power
window regulator grounds through CKT 164 (DK BLU) window switch at cavity E for CKT 170 (LT GRN) and
and the window switch up contact. The motor runs cavity A for CKT 171 (PPL). With the RR power
in order to drive downward the window. window switch in the at rest position, the normally
closed contacts allow ground to the RR power window
Individual Window Switch Operation motor through CKT 670 (DK BLU) and CKT 671
When the ignition switch is in the RUN position, (BRN). Since both sides of the RR power window
battery voltage is available to the right front door lock motor are grounded, placing the power window master
and side window switch through the PWR WDO circuit switch for the RR window in the DOWN position,
breaker and through CKT 343 (YEL) to terminal F. voltage will be applied to CKT 171 (PPL) from
The operation of the up switch in the right front window CKT 343 (YEL) through the closed contacts of the
switch supplies battery voltage to the right front switch and the RR power window goes DOWN.
window regulator motor through CKT 666 (DK BLU). By placing the power window master switch for the
The motor grounds through CKT 667 (BRN), the down RR window in the UP position, voltage will be applied
contact in the window switch, CKT 167 (TAN), and to CKT 170
the down contact in the left front door lock and (LT GRN) from CKT 343 (YEL) through the closed
side window switch. The motor runs in order to drive contacts of the switch and the RR window goes UP.
upward the window. The operation of the down The example used above for the RR window is
switch in the window switch supplies battery voltage in the same for any other window in the vehicle, however,
opposite direction to the window regulator motor the circuit numbers and wire colors change between
through CKT 667 (BRN). The motor grounds through windows.
CKT 66 (DK BLU), the up contact in the window
switch, CKT 166 (LT BLU), and the up contact in the Individual Power Window Switch Description
left front door lock and side window switch. The motor The difference between controlling the power
runs in order to drive downward the window. windows with the individual power window switch
opposed to using the master switch is that the voltage
Power Windows Circuit Description supplied to the individual power window switches
comes from the window lockout switch through
The power window system incorporates a reversible CKT 1307 (DK BLU). Ground for the power window
motor for each window, a power window switch for all motors is still supplied through the power window
passenger windows and a power window master master switch to G202 through CKT 150 (BLK). Again,
switch for the drivers window. Also within the master we’ll use the RR power window as an example. By
switch is a window lockout switch that allows the driver placing the RR power switch in the DOWN position,
to disable the power window switches for the voltage is applied from CKT 1307 (DK BLU) through
passenger windows. the closed contacts of the switch to CKT 671 (BRN) to
When the ignition is in the RUN position, the PWR the power window motor. Since CKT 670 (DK BLU)
WDO circuit breaker supplies voltage to the power is connected in series through the normally closed
window master switch and the window lockout switch contacts of both switches to ground G202, the
through CKT 343 (YEL). The passenger power RR power window goes DOWN. By placing the
window switches are supplied voltage from the window RR power window switch in the UP position, the
lockout switch through CKT 1307 (DK BLU). Ground polarity reverses and the window goes UP.
is supplied from G202 through CKT 150 (BLK) to
the power window master switch.
Door Outside Rearview Mirrors Power for the door lock switches and the door lock
Description control module is supplied from the CIG LTR fuse 13
through CKT 640 (ORN). Power for the door lock
The outside rearview mirror is electrochromic and relay is supplied from the PWR ACCY circuit breaker
heated. The electrochromic mirrors can be turned off through CKT 540 (ORN). Ground for the door lock
and on by pressing the TEMP button the bottom relay is supplied from G202 through CKT 150 (BLK)
of the inside rearview mirror and holding for eight and ground for the door lock control module is supplied
seconds. A light to the right of the button will Indicate from G400 through CKT 150 (BLK).
if the electrochromic mirror is on or off.
The door lock motors are reversible and both sides
To turn the defrost feature on, press the rear window are connected to the normally closed contacts of
defrost button. The defrost feature on the mirror the door lock relay. Those contacts of the relay are
will remain on the same amount of time as the rear connected to G202 . When any of the door lock
window defroster. switches are placed in the lock position, voltage is
supplied through CKT 195 (LT BLU) to the relay lock
Power Door Locks Operation coil. Since the other side of the lock coil is connected
The operation of the power door lock switch locks and to ground, the coil is energized and it pulls the
unlocks all of the doors. Manual operation of each lock contacts closed. Voltage is then supplied through
iock is also possible. Reversible motors that receive CKT 295 (GRY) to all the door lock motors and the
voltage from the PWR ACCY circuit breaker operate doors lock. The unlock function operates in much the
same manner except that when any of the switches
the locks. The power door lock switches operate
in order to turn the motors on by supplying battery are placed in the unlock position, voltage is supplied
through CKT 194 (WHT) to the unlock coil of the
voltage to one of the terminals and by grounding the
relay and CKT 294 (TAN) supplies voltage to
other terminal.
the apposite side of the door lock motor and the
Moving the power door lock switch to the doors unlock.
LOCK position completes the circuit to the motors.
Voltage is available to CKT 295 (GRY) and to the door Door Lock Control Module Description
lock motors. The door lock motors ground through The door lock control module is used on vehicles
CKT 294 (TAN), through the other switch contract, equipped with cargo doors. The purpose of the module
through the door lock relay to CKT 150 (BLK), is to lock the cargo doors after a lock cycle has
and ground G200 . The motor in each door runs in been commanded from any of the door lock switches
order to operate the power door locks. Release of the with the cargo doors open. When the RH cargo
door lock switch opens the circuit, and the door is open, the module receives a ground signal
motors cease. from the closed contacts of the rear door jamb switch
A similar action occurs with either of the power door on CKT 1897 (ORN/BLK) to G400. When a lock
switches closing to the UNLOCK position. CKT 294 command is received, the module retains this input
(TAN) to the motors supplies battery voltage. CKT 295 until it receives an open input from the rear door jamb
(GRY) provides ground. The polarity of the voltage switch. Then the module sends a lock command
to the motors reverses. The motors run in the opposite through CKT 194 (WHT) to the door lock relay and the
direction in order to unlock the doors. doors lock.
The power door lock switches usually close for just a Rear Cargo Doors Description
moment. If you hold the power door lock switches
closed, a circuit breaker in each motor opens in order The power door lock motor will not operate unless the
rear cargo doors are fully closed. The power door
to protect against damage. The circuit breakers
lock motor is in the right cargo door. The contactors
close automatically when the circuit breakers cool.
are on the rear cargo door opening on the body and on
Rear Cargo Doors the right cargo door.
The power door lock motor does not operate unless
the rear cargo doors are fully closed. The power door Power Mirrors Circuit Description
lock motor is in the right cargo door. The contactors The power mirror system incorporates a control
are on the rear cargo door opening on the body and on switch, selector switch and two reversible motors in
the right cargo door. each mirror. One motor controls the LEFT / RIGHT
function and other controls the UP / DOWN function.
Power Door Locks Circuit Description Power for the power mirror system is supplied
The power door lock system incorporates door lock from the CTSY fuse through CKT 40 (ORN) to the
switches on both front doors and on the RH D-pillar, power outside rearview mirror switch. Ground is
door lock motors in all passenger doors and in the supplied from G202 through CKT 150 (BLK) to the
RR cargo door, a door lock relay and a door lock power outside rearview mirror switch.
control module.
Selector Switch Description Special Too ls and Equipment
The selector switch is a three position switch, that
selects which mirror (if any) can be controlled through
the control switch. By selecting the OFF position,
there is no continuity between the control switch and
the power mirror. By selecting the left or right
position, the switch contacts close and allow power
and ground to flow between the control switch and the
power mirrors.
Left / Right Description
With the selector switch to the LEFT mirror position
and positioning the control switch in the LEFT position,
CKT 82 (LT BLU) will be connected to CKT 40
(ORN) and CKT 981 (RED) will be connected to
CKT 150 (BLK) allowing the LH power outside rearview
mirror to move left. By positioning the control switch
in the RIGHT position, CKT 82 (LT BLU) will be
connected to CKT 150 (BLK) and CKT 981 (RED) will
be connected to CKT 40 (ORN) allowing the
LH power outside rearview mirror to move right.
The circuit numbers used in this description are for the
LH power outside rearview mirror, the RH power
outside rearview mirror operates the same way but the
circuit numbers change.
Up / Down Description
With the selector switch to the LEFT mirror position
and positioning the control switch in the UP position,
CKT 89 (LT GRN) will be connected to CKT 150 (BLK)
and CKT 981 (RED) will be connected to CKT 40
(ORN) allowing the LH power outside rearview mirror
to move up. By positioning the control switch in
the DOWN position, CKT 89 (LT GRN) will be
connected to CKT 40 (ORN) and CKT 981 (RED) will
be connected to CKT 150 (BLK) allowing the
LH power outside rearview mirror to move down.
The circuit numbers used in this description are for the
LH power outside rearview mirror, the RH power
outside rearview mirror operates the same way but the
circuit numbers change.

Heated Mirror Circuit Description


When the ignition is in RUN, pass through voltage is
available to the switch side of the heated mirror
relay from the MIRRORS fuse in the underhood fuse
block through CKT 1040 (ORN). When the rear
window defogger switch is pressed, the solid state
time delay relay actuates the heated mirror relay feed
voltage through CKT 293 (PPL), to the coil side of
the heated mirror relay. With ground being provided
through CKT 150 (BLK) to G202, the relay is
energized allowing the pass through voltage to be
applied to the heated mirrors. CKT 267 (ORN) provides
the connection between the heated mirror relay and
the mirrors. Ground is provided for the heated mirrors
through CKT 150 (BLK) to G202. Depressing the
rear defogger switch will energize the heated mirrors
and the rear defogger(s).
Roof
Specifications
Fastener Tightening Specifications
.^ification
Application Metric English
Center Support Screw 3 N-m 27 ib in
Cross Rail to Side Rail Slider Screw 2 N-m 181b
End Support Screw 3 N-m 27 Ib in
Side Rail Support to Side Rail Screw 2 N-m 18 Ib in
Slider to Side Rail Screw J N-m 27 Ib in

GM SPO Group Numbers


Application GM SPO Group Number
Luggage — Carrier 21.060
Rail — Luggage Carrier 21.060
Repair Instructio ns
Luggage Carrier Replacement
(2 Door Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws from the end supports.
2. Remove the luggage carrier from the roof.
3. Remove the side and center rail support gaskets.

4. Remove the screws (3) from the side rail


supports (2 ).
5. Remove the side rail supports (2) from the
side rails (1).
6 . Remove the screws (5) from the cross rails (6 )
7. Remove the cross rails (6) from the sliders (4).
8 . Remove the screws (5) from the sliders (4)
and the lock plates (7).
9. Remove the sliders (4) from the slots in the
side rails (1).

288120
installation Procedure
1. Place the sliders (4) into the slots in the
side rails ( 1).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the screws (5) into the sliders (4) and the
lock plates (7).
Tighten
Tighten the slider to side rail screws to
3 N-m (27 Ib in).
3. Place the cross rails (1) onto the sliders (4).
4. Install the screws (5) into the cross rails (6 ).
Tighten
Tighten the cross rail screws to 2 N-m (18 Ib in).
5. Connect the side rail supports (2 ) to the
side rails ( 1).
6. Install the screws (3) into the side rail supports (2 ).
Tighten
Tighten the side rail support screws to
2 N-m (181b in).

7. Install the side and center rail support gaskets.


8. Install the center rail supports.
9. Place the luggage carrier onto the roof.
10. Install the end support to vehicle screws.
Tighten
Tighten the screws to 3 N-m (27 Ib in).

288127
Luggage Carrier Replacement
(4 Door Utility/Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1 . Remove the rubber side rail cap from the center
rail support.
2. Remove the screws from the center supports.
3. Remove the screws from the end supports.
4. Remove the luggage carrier from the roof.
5. Remove the center rail supports.
6 . Remove the screws (3) from the side rail
supports (2).
7. Remove the side rail supports (2) from the
side rails (1).
8 . Remove the screws (5) from the cross rails (6 ).
9. Remove the cross rails (6 ) from the sliders (4).
10. Remove the screws (5) from the sliders (4)
and the lock plates (7).
11. Remove the sliders (4) from the slots in the
side rails (1).
Installation Procedure
1. Place the sliders (4) into the slots in the
side rails ( 1).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the screws (5) into the sliders (4) and the
lock plates (7).
Tighten
Tighten the slider to side rail screws to
3 N-m (27 Ib in).
3. Place the cross rails (1) onto the sliders (4).
4. Install the screws (5) into the cross rails (6 ).
Tighten
Tighten the cross rail screws to 2 N-m (18 Ib in).
5. Connect the side rail supports (2) to the
side rails ( 1).
6 . Install the screws (3) into the side rail supports (2).
Tighten
Tighten the side rail support screws to
2 N-m (18 1b in).
7. Install the center rail supports.
8 . Place the luggage carrier onto the roof.
9. Install the end support to vehicle screws.
Tighten
Tighten the screws to 3 N-m (27 Ib in).
10. Install the screws into the center supports.
Tighten
Tighten the screws to 3 N-m (27 Ib in).
11 . Place the rubber side rail cap over the center rail
support.

Description and Operation


Luggage Carrier Description
The luggage carrier is available as a dealer-installed
option. The factory installs the skid strips and the
support mounting anchor nuts. During predelivery
operations, the dealer will complete the assembly
installation.
Seats
Specifications
Fastener Tightening Specifications
Specification
Application Metric English
Front Seat Retaining Bolts 55 N*m 41 Ib f l
Hinge/Recliner Mechanism to the Seat Back Frame 35 N-m 26 Ib ft
Rear Seat Retaining Bol ts 17 N-m 131b ft
Rear Seat Support Bolts 55 N-m 41 Ib ft
Seat Adjuster to the Seat Bolts 25 N-m 181b ft
Seat Adjuster to the Seat Riser Nuts 45 N-m 33 Ib ft
Seat Back Recliner to the Seat Back Frame Bolts 30 N-m 22 Ib ft
Seat Riser to the Seat Cushion Frame Bolts 55 N-m 411b ft

GM SPO Group Numbers


Application GM SPO Group Number
Seat Front 16.670
Seat Front — Actuator Lumbar 16.720
Seat Front — Armrest Cover 16.155
Seat Front — Armrest Pad IS .55
Seat Front — Cover 16.717
Seat Front — Cover 16718
Seat Front — Cover 16 724
Seat Front — Frame Back 16 720
Seat Front — Frame Lower 16.716
Seat Front — Guide Headrest 16.718
Seat Front — Headrest 16.718
Seat Front — Headrest Cover 16.718
Seat Front — Hinge Front Seat 16.720
Seat Front — Pad Cushion 16.720
Seat Front — Power Seat Switch 16.682
Seat Front — Recl iner 16.682
Seat Front — Recliner Retainer 16.682
Seat Front — Riser 16.686
Seat Front — Riser Cover 16.686
Seat Front — Riser Power 16.686
Seat Front — Support Lumber 16.720
Seat Rear — # 2 Bezel Rear Seat Anchor 16.715
Seat Rear — # 2 Cable Hinge Release 16.682
Seat Rear — # 2 Console Rear Seat 16.650
Seat Rear — # 2 Cover Rear Seat Armrest 16.155
Seat Rear — # 2 Cover Rear Seat Back 16.724
Seat Rear — # 2 Cover Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.717
Seat Rear — # 2 Cover Rear Seat Console 16.650
Seat Rear —• # 2 Cover Rear Seat Console Pivot 16.650
Seat Rear — # 2 Cover Rear Seat Riser 16.686
Seat Rear — # 2 Frame Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.717
Seat Rear — # 2 Frame Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.720
GM SPO Group Numbers (cont’d)
Application GM SPO Group Number
Seat Rear — # 2 Guide Rear Seat Belt 16.714
Seat Rear — # 2 Guide Rear Seat Headrest 16.718 '
Seat Rear — # 2 Handle Recli ner Rear Seat 16.682
Seat Rear — # 2 Headrest Cover 16.718
Seat Rear — # 2 Headrest Pad 16.718
Seat Rear — # 2 Hinge Rear Seat 16.720
Seat Reas' — i f 2 Latch Rear Seat 16.714
Seat Rear — # 2 Pad Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.717
Seat Rear — # 2 Pad Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.720
Seat Rear •— # 2 Pad/Frame Rear Seat Armrest 16.155
Seat Rear ■— # 2 Recliner Rear Seat 16.682
Seat Rear — #2 Riser Rear Seat and Adjuster 16.686
Seat Rear — # 2 Pad/Frame Rear Seat Armrest 16.715
Seat Rear — # 2 Recliner Rear Seat 16.155
Seat Rear — # 2 Riser Rear Seat and Adjuster . 16.724
Seat Rear — # 2 Tray Rear Seat Console 16.716
Seat Rear — # 3 Bezel Rear Seat Anchor Plate 16.715
Seat Rear — # 3 Cable Rear Seat Cushion Latch 16.674
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Armrest 16.155
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Seat Back 16.724
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.717
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Seat Cushion 16 716
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Seat Hinge Finish 16.720
Seat Rear — # 3 Cover Rear Seat Latch Finish 16.674
Seat Rear — # 3 Frame Rear Seat Back Cushion 16 7 17
Seat Rear — # 3 Frame Rear Seat Back Cushion 16 720
Seat Rear — # 3 Frame Rear Seat Cushion i6 /16
Seat Rear — # 3 Guide Rear Seat Belt i6 I
Seat Rear — # 3 Guide Rear Seat Headrest IS >18
Seat Rear — # 3 Handle Rear Seat Cushion Latch 16.720
Seat Rear — # 3 Headrest Cover 16.718
Seat Rear — # 3 Headrest Pad 16.718
Seat Rear — # 3 Hinge Rear Seat 16 >20
Seat Rear — # 3 Latch Rear Seat Belt 16.714
Seat Rear — # 3 Pad Rear Seat Armrest and Frame 16.155
Seat Rear — # 3 Pad Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.717
Seat Rear — # 3 Pad Rear Seat Back Cushion 16.720
Seat Rear — # 3 Pad Rear Seat Cushion 16.716
Schematic and Routing Diagrams
Power Seat Systems Schematic References
Section Number - Subsection
Reference on Schematic Name
Exterior Lights Cell -110 8 - Lighting Systems
Ground Distribution Ceil 14 8 - Wiring Systems
Heated Seats Cell - 143 8 - Seats
Interior Lights Cell - 114 8 - Lighting Systems
Lumbar Support Cell - 141 8 - Seats
Power Distribution Cell - 10 8 - Wiring Systems
Power Seats Cell - 140 8 - Seats

Power Seat Systems Schematic icons


Icon Icon Definition
Refer to ESD Notice in Cautions and Notices.

/ 9

19384
8-968
I Hot At All Times |
Power -4— 'IP
Distribution AG I PWR ACCY | Fuse

Seats_____________________________________________________________________________________
Circuit Breaker
Cell 10
A7 V20 A W/Regular/Extended Cab
30 A Except Regular/Extended Cab
Block

2 ORN 540 B C212 (LH)


Power
Seat D3 i Convenience
D C229(RH)
1Circuit ± — j Center 2 BLK 150
Front
^Breaker
Tilt C C210 2 BLK 150
Power
Motor 2 ORN 540 Power Power Seat
S2551 Distribution Seat Rear
Cell 10 1Circuit Forward/
<LH)A <LH)B 2 ORN 540 Breaker Tilt
{RH)B (RH)A A C212 (LH) Rearward Motor
C C229 (RH) Motor Heated
2 DK GRN 297(RH)
2 DK BLU 287 (LH) Ceil 143 (LH) A (LH)B
2 ORN 540 B A I
(RH) B (RH) A
2 DKGRN 286(LH) A, C304 I Lumbar
2 LT GRN 284 (LH) 5227 (LH) 2 LT BLU 283 (LH)
2 DK BLU 298 (RH) 5228 (RH)'
Supports
2 YEL 288 (RH)
Lumbar 2 ORN 540 2 LT GRN 284 (RH) Cell 141
Support f S237 (RH) 2 TAN 296 (RH) 2-YEL 282 (LH)
Ceil 141 2 LT BLU 289 (RH)
2 ORN 540 2 TAN 285 (LH)
Power
Seat
Adjuster
Switch

Power Seat
Front Tilt Power Seat S259
Switch Power Seat I
Entire Switch Rear Tilt Switch l
$ • (9-----M • c • c • c -# • l
i G • • G—° • • • +B • B • B I
F F ■"© F h§ f -#F #F “• F • F A
F F I T -# c • m ■•F • F "• F
• H • H • H—1 m m • A • A • A Ground
©------- Distribution
m • mF -# F - • F m Cell 14
Down Up Normal • c ”© C . #C Normal Down Up
Function Function Function m • D #D Position Function Function
-© • F -#F
• c • C “# C
• E • E #E
-H F h#F • F
Normal vn Up Forward 5 BLK 150
Position Function Function Rearward
M.G202
696-8 sieas sauossaoov pue Apog
8-970 Seats______________________________________________________________________________________
I
497182
Body and Accessories_________________________________________________________________________
497183
8-972
r _ _ — — -up
I Power M ---------f r r | | Power
'Underhood (Not used)
FRONT
9 | ' jFuse Block

Seats
, Distribution K8 <k HVAC | Distribution
. Distribi HEATED C236
Cell 10 »C Fuses „Block [C ell 10
L7 J s C SEATS
1°A , , 20 A

0
■s c e j mmm mmm J t.

1 ORN 1840
0 J BRN 341
E6 .0100
"'Convenience 1 ORN 1840

______________________________________________________________________________
0.5 BRN 341 1Center 0.5 YEL 182
1 i L ,C298
L. mmm <J
1 ORN 1840 A
M. C298 1 ORN Power Seat
S238#- Heat Control
1840 Module, RF
1 ORN 1840
0.5 BRN 341 D C212
0.5 BRN 1 ORN 1840
S283' B > C229
341 A. .C236 S277
— #—
0.5 BRN 341 1 ORN 1840 0.5 YEL 182
D E
C C212 Heated
Battery Signal
Seat
Enable Module, LF 0.5 YEL 182
0.5 BRN 341 High/Low Switched
On/Off Signal B+

1
Ground

X
A
B C236
B F
0.5 0.8 1 BLK 150 S273 1 BLK 150
0.5 BRN 341 LT BLU/ 1505 LT BLU 1462 C C236
BLK 0.8 PPL 1985
0.5 Power
1 BLK 150
PNK/ 1503 B 0.8 BLK 150 Seats S227
BLK Cell 140
0.8 YEL 1985 0.5 B. 2 BLK 150
C BLK/ 150 B C212
0.5 0.8 BLK 150
Heated 0.8 YEL 1462 BLK/ 182 RED
Seat Ground 2 BLK 150
RED 0.8 PPL 1985
Switch, Distribution S259
Cell 14
ON
OFF LF Seat
Seat Seat Seat
Cushion Temperature
Cushion, 5 BLK 150
OFF ON Back
"vlib - Element,
— A #y— Sensor, LF
LF LF Element,
lG 2 0 2
LF
Body and Accessori
Seatbelt
Switch, RF
0.5 BRN (Open when
belt is buckled}

0.5
BLK 150
0.5 YEL 182 0
A. C228
0.5 BRN
,--h
0.5 YEL 182
D. . C237
0.5 YEL 182
0.5
BLK 150
S278
0.5 BRN

Heated
Seat
Module, RF 0.5 YEL 182

ittik

1 BLK 150
C C237

Power
1 BLK 150
150 Seats S228
Cell 140
2 BLK 150
B , C229
0.8 YEL Ground 2 BLK 150
Distribution S259
Cell 14 K
Seat 5 BLK 150

ats
Back
Element,
RF :G202

8-973
Component Locator
Power Seat Systems Components
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
Under the left side of the IP, on the
Convenience Center Component Views in Connector End Views in
bulkhead
Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
Heated Seat Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Inside the Left Front Seat Cushion
Element, LF Component Views Connector End Views
Heated Seat Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Inside the Right Front Seat Cushion
Element, RF Component Views Connector End Views
Heated Seat Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Under the LF power seat
Module, LF Component Views Connector End Views
Heated Seat Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Under the RF power seat
Module, RF Component Views Connector End Views
Heated Seat Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
At the LF of the LF power seat
Switch, LF Component Views Connector End Views
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
To the left of the IP, near the left front
IP Fuse Block Component Views in Connector End Views in
door jamb switch
Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
Power Seat Adjuster In the LF seat, on the bottom, mounted to Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Switch LH the frame Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Adjuster In the RF seat, on the bottom, mounted to Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Switch, RH the frame Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Power Beat Systems Power Seat Systems
Forward/Rearward Under the driver’s seat
Component Views Connector End Views
Motor
Power Seat Front Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
In the lower left of the left front seat
Tilt Motor Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Front Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
On the lower left of the left front seat
Tilt Switch Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Lumbar Under the left front seat, mounted to the Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Motor, Left Front seat frame Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Lumbar Under the right front seat, mounted to the Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Motor, Right Front seat frame Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Lumbar Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
On the lower left front of the left front seat
Switch, Left Front Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Lumbar On the lower right front of the right Power Seat Systems ■ Power Seat Systems
Switch, Right Front front seat Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Rear Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
In the lower left of the left front seat
Tilt Motor Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Rear Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
On the lower left of the left front seat
Tilt Switch Component Views Connector End Views
Power Seat Systems Power Seat Systems
Seat Belt Switch, RF Inside the Right Front Seat Belt Buckle
Component Views Connector End Views
Power and Grounding Power and Grounding
In the left rear side of the engine
Underhood Fuse Block Component Views in Connector End Views in
compartment, on the fender
Wiring Systems Wiring Systems
Part of the engine harness to IP harness, Inline Harness Connectoi
Harness Routing Views
C100 in the left rear side of the engine End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
compartment, at the bulkhead Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C210 At the convenience center
in Wiring Systems End Views in Wiring
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C212 Under the left front seat End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Power Seat Systems Components (cont’d)
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Part of the crossbody harness to the right Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C228 front seat belt switch, under the right End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
front seat Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Part of the crossbody harness to the right Harness Routing Views
C229 End Views in Wiring
front power seat, under the right front seat in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
In the left front seat harness, approx. Harness Routing Views
C236 End Views in Wiring
30 cm (12 in) in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
In the right front seat harness, approx. Harness Routing Views
C237 End Views in Wiring
30 cm (12 in) in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Behind the left side of the IP, near the Harness Routing Views
C298 End Views in Wiring
convenience center in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C320 Under the LH seat (split bench or bucket) End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C321 Under the LH seat (split bench or bucket) End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C322 Under the RH seat (split bench or bucket) End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C323 Under the RH seat (split bench or bucket) End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C324 Under the LH side of the bench seat End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C325 Under the LH side of the bench seat End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C326 Under the RH side of the bench seat End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Inline Harness Connector
Harness Routing Views
C327 Under the RH side of the bench seat End Views in Wiring
in Wiring Systems
Systems
Power and Grounding
On the right side of the instrument panel,
G202 Component Views in —
mounted to the HVAC plenum bracket
Wiring Systems
S210 IP harness, approx. 14 cm (5.5 in) from
— —
(Diesel) steering column harness breakout
S210 IP harness, approx. 4 cm (1.5 in) from _ —
(Gas) auxiliary power outlet breakout
LF seat harness, approx. 5 cm (2 in) from
S227 —
power seat lumbar switch breakout
RF seat harness, approx. 5 cm (2 in) from
S228 — —
power seat lumbar switch breakout
RF seat harness, approx. 4 cm (1.5 in)
S237 —
from power seat lumbar switch breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 26 cm (10 in)
S238 — —
into the LH Seat harness breakout
LF seat harness, approx. 4 cm (1.5 in)
S241 —
from power seat lumbar
Power Seat Systems Components (cont’d)
Name Location Locator View Connector End View
Crossbody harness, approx. 6 cm (2.5 in)
S247 —
into LH door harness breakout
Crossbody Harness, approx. 20 cm (8 in)
S255 from C210 breakout, toward the LH Seat — —
harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 12 cm (4.5 in)
S256
from C210 breakout, toward LH Seat — —
(Pickup/Extended Cab)
harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 11 cm (4 in)
S256 (Utility/ Suburban) from C210 breakout, toward the LH Seat — —
harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 1 cm (0.5 in)
S256 (Crew Cab) before door lock relay breakout, toward the — ■ —
LH Seat harness breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 7 cm (2.5 in)
S259 —
into seat belt switch harness, toward C212
IP harness, approx. 4 cm ( 1.5 in) from
S264 instrument cluster breakout, toward radio — —
connectors breakout
LH heated seat harness, approx. 10 cm
S273 (4 in) from heated seat control module — —
breakout
RH heated Seat harness, approx. 10 cm
S274 (4 in) from heated seat control module — —
breakout
LH seat harness, approx. 5 cm (2 in) from
S277 — —
heated seat control module breakout
Crossbody harness, approx. 32 cm
S278 (4-Door Utility
(12.5 in) from C210 breakout, toward C298 — —
Suburban)
breakout
Front-to-rear body harness approx. 5 cm
S310 (4-Door Utility) (2 in) from auxiliary HVAC fan switch —
breakout
Power Seat Systems Component Views
Power Seat Wiring Harness Connectors

Legend
(1) C236 (Left)/C237 (Right)
(2 ) C212 (Left)/C229 (Right)
Power Seat Wiring

277991

Legend

( 1) Front Tilt Motor (7)C212 (RH) /C 229 (LH)


(2) Forward/Back Motor (8)Crossbody Harness
(3) Heated Seat Element 0) Seat Riser
(4) Rear Tilt Motor ( 10)Power Seat Lumbar Switch
(5) Seat Harness (11) Power Seat Adjuster Switch
(6) Power Seat Lumbar Motor and (12) Heated Seat Module
Solenoid Assembly
Power Seat Switches

464882

Legend
( 1) Front Tilt Switch (4) Lumbar Switch
(2) Entire Seat Switch (5) Heated Seat Switch
(3) Rear Tilt Switch
Power Seat Systems Connector
End Views Power Seat Systems Connector End Views

Heated Seat Control Module (Front)

f _>
A
1 ^ [ .. I
B
r * - £ □
□ 3 e

] H i 9 r 35451

Connector Part • 12059253


40434
Information • 2F Metri-Pack 150
Connector Part • 12110047 Series (RED)
Information • 6F Metri-Pack Mixed (BLK) Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function Heated Seat Back
A PPL 1985
Heated Seat Cushion Supply
A LT BLU 1462
Supply B BLK 150 Ground
LT BLU/ Heated Seat Switch
B BLK
1505
Signal Heated Seat, Cushion
Heated Seat Signal
C PNK 1503
High/Low
Fuse Output - Battery -
D ORN 1840
Type ill Fuse
E YEL 182 Heated Seat
F BLK 150 Ground

ID

39660

Connector Part • 12047785


Information • 4F Metri-Pack 150
Series (BLK)
Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function
Heated Seat Cushion
A LT BLU 1462
Supply
Heated Seat Back
B PPL 1985
Supply
Heated Seat Control
C YEL 182
Module Signal - Enable
D BLK 150 Ground
Power Seat Adjuster Switch, Left Front
Power Seat Adjuster Switch, Right Front

G CD Q B r-j
Q
G . .CD. D B „
9H n 6 9 Q

a
9H n©9
f i s f v B A
387555
387555
Connector Part •12066386
Information • 8F P/G SER (GRA) Connector Part •12066386
Circuit
Information • 8 FCONN P/G SER (GRA)
Pin Wire Color No. Function Circuit
Power Seat Motor Feed Pin Wire Color No. Function
A ■ YEL-, 288 - Passenger - Rear Power Seat Motor Feed
Vertical Up A YEL 288 - Passenger - Rear
Power Seat Motor Feed Vertical Up
B LT BLU 289 - Passenger - Rear Power Seat Motor Feed
Vertical Down - B LT BLU 289 - Passenger - Rear
C BLK 150 Ground Vertical Down
Power Seat Motor Feed C BLK 150 Ground
D LTGRN 284
- Driver - Horizontal Aft Power Seat Motor Feed
Power Seat Motor Feed D TAN 296 - Passenger - Horizontal
E TAN 296 - Passenger - Forward
Horizontal Fore Power Seat Motor Feed
E LTGRN 284
Fuse Output - Battery - - Driver - Horizontal Aft
F ORN 540
Type III Fuse Fuse Output - Battery -
F ORN 540
Power Seat Motor Feed Type III Fuse
G DKGRN 297
- Front Vertical Up Power Seat Motor Feed
Power Seat Motor Feed G DKGRN 297 - Passenger - Front
H DK BLU 298 - Passenger - Front Vertical Up
Vertical Down Power Seat Motor Feed
H DK BLU 298 - Passenger - Front
Vertical Down
Power Seat Forward/Rearward Motor Power Seat Tilt Motor, Rear

130709

• 12052110 12020556
Connector Part Connector Part
Information • 2F Metri-Pack 480 Information 2F Metri-Pack 480
Series (NAT) Series (BLK)
Circuit Circuit
Pin Wire Color No. Function Pin Wire Color No. Function
Power Seat Motor Feed Power Seat Motor Feed
TAN 285 - Driver - YEL 282 - Driver - Rear
Horizontal Fore Vertical Up
Power Seat Motor Feed
Power Seat Motor Feed
LTGRN 284 LT BLU 283 - Driver - Rear
- Driver - Horizontal Aft
Vertical Down

Power Seat Tilt Motor, Front Seat Belt, Front Switch

130709

12052109
Connector Part
Information 2F Metri-Pack 480 12047662
Connector Part
Series (BLU) Information 2F Metri-Pack 150
Circuit Series (BLK)
Pin Wire Color No. Function Circuit
Power Seat Motor Feed Pin Wire Color No. Function
DKGRN 286 - Driver - Front BLK 150 Ground
Vertical Up Heated Seat Control
YEL 182
Power Seat Motor Feed Module Signal - Enable
DK BLU 287 - Driver - Front
Vertical Down
Body and Accessories____ ___________ Seats 8-983

Diagnostic Information and Procedures


Power Seats System Check
Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
Set the entire seat adjuster switch to The seat will move in the direction Refer to Power Seat Adjuster
1 ANY position. that the seat adjuster switch is set. Inoperative
Set the entire seat adjuster switch to The seat will move forward and Refer to Power Seat Does Not Move
2 the FORWARD and then the BACK backward. Forward/Rearward
position.
Set the front height switch to the UP The front of the seat will tilt up Refer to Power Seat Does Not Tilt
3
and then the DOWN position. and down. Forward
Set the rear height switch to the UP The rear of the seat will tilt up Refer to Power Seat Does Not Tilt
4
and then the DOWN position. and down. Rearward
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.

Lumbar Support System Check


Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
Press the lumbar support switch to Lumbar support inflates Refer to Lumbar Support Does Not
1 inflate the lumbar support. Inflate
Press the lumbar support switch to Lumbar support deflates. Refer to Lumbar Support Does Not
2 deflate the lumbar support. Deflate
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.

Heated Seats System Check


Step Action Normal Result(s) Abnormal Result(s)*
1. Turn the ignition switch to the 1. LF heated seat heats on HIGH. Refer to Heated Seat Inoperative
ON position. 2. LF heated seat heats on low.
1 2. Place the LF heated seat
switch to the HIGH position.
3. Place the LF heated seat
switch to the LOW position.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the 1. RF heated seat heats on HIGH. Refer to Heated Seat Inoperative
ON position. 2. RF heated seat heats on LOW.
2. Connect the RF seat belt
buckle.
2
3. Place the RF heated seat
switch to the HIGH position.
4. Place the RF heated seat
switch to the LOW position.
* Refer to the appropriate symptom diagnostic table for the applicable abnormal result.

Power Seat Adjuster


Problem Action
Improper lubrication of the seat Lubricate the carriages and the seat adjuster slides with a lithium base grease.
adjuster carriages and the seat
adjuster slides.
The transmission assembly is loose 1. Inspect the transmission assembly.
or binding.
2. Tighten the mounting screws or replace the assembly if necessary.
Power Seat Adjuster Horizontal Chuck or Looseness
Problem Actior
The seat adjuster carriages are out 1. Inspect the transmission assembly.
of alignment or worn.
2. Replace the transmission assembly if necessa.w.

Power Seat Adjuster Does Not Move Horizontally


' Cause hztlon.
The shear bolts are damaged. Replace the shear bolts.
The housing assembly is damaged. Replace the housing assembly.
The shift linkage is not adjusted Adjust the shift linkage adjustment.
properly.
The brake transmission shift interlock Repair or replace the BTSI as needed.
(BTSI) system is damaged.
The shaft assembly is damaged. Replace the shaft assembly as needed.
The ignition switch assembly is Replace the ignition switch assembly.
damaged.
The key is incorrect, bent, or twisted. Replace the key
The park lock cable is not adjusted Adjust the park lock cable.
properly.
The shift lever is not in the P position. Place the gear shift in the P position

Power Seat Adjuster Does Not Move Vertically


Problem Action
No power flows to the adjuster Refer to Driveability, Emissions, and Electrical Diagnosis.
assembly.
The seat adjuster drive cables are 1. Inspect the drive cables.
damaged.
2. Replace the cables if necessary.
The seat adjuster motor is noi 1. Inspect the adjuster motor assembly.
working.
2. Replace the assembly if necessary.

Power Seat Adjuster Inoperative


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the power is inoperative in all modes.
Has the Power Seats System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Seats
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Disconnect the power seat adjuster switch.
2 2. Connect a J 34142-B test lamp from CKT 540 (ORN) —
at the power seat adjuster switch cavity F to ground.
Did the test lamp light? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Connect a J 34142-B test lamp between CKT 150 (BLK)
cavity C and CKT 540 (ORN) cavity Fat the power seat
3 adjuster. —
Did the test lamp light? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
Repair the open in CKT 540 (ORN) between the power
seat adjuster switch and the IP fuse block. Refer to Wiring Go to Power
4 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the power seat adjuster switch. Go to Power
5 Is the repair complete? — Seats —
System Check
Repair the open in CKT 150 (BLK) between the power
seat adjuster switch and ground G202. Refer to Wiring Go to Power
6 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the power seat operates in front and rear tilt but does not operate front
to rear.
Has the Power Seats System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Seats
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Connect a fused jumper wire from the appropriate
power seat adjuster switch connector cavity D for
CKT 284 (DK GRN) to cavity C for CKT 150 (BLK).
2 2. Connect a fused jumper wire from cavity E for —
CKT 285 (TAN) LH, or, CKT 296 (TAN) RH to cavity F
for CKT 540 (ORN).
Did the motor move? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Replace the power seat adjuster switch. Go to Power
3 Is the repair complete? —■ Seats —
System Check
1. Check for open(s) in CKT(s) 284 (LT GRN) and
285 (TAN) LH, or, CKT(s) 284 (LT GRN) and
296 (TAN) RH.
2. Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in
4 Wiring Systems. — —
3. If no open(s) are found, replace the forward/rearward
motor. Refer to Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Go to Power
Front. Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check

Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the power seat operates front to rear and rear tilt but does not operate in
front tilt.
Has the Power Seats System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Seats
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Connect a fused jumper wire from the appropriate
power seat adjuster switch connector cavity H for
CKT 298 (DK BLU) RH, or, CKT 286 (DK GRN) LH to
cavity C for CKT 150 (BLK).
2 —
2. Connect a fused jumper wire from cavity G for
CKT 297 (DK GRN) RH, or, CKT 287 (DK BLU) to
cavity F CKT 540 (ORN).
Did the motor move? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Replace the power seat adjuster switch. Go to Power
3 Is the repair complete? — Seats —
System Check
1. Check for open(s) in CKT(s) 298 (DK BLU) and
297 (DK GRN) RH or 287 (DK BLU) and
286 (DK GRN) LH.
4 2. Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in
— —
Wiring Systems.
3. If no open(s) are found, replace the front tilt motor. Go to Power
Refer to Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front. Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check
Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: This diagnostic should only be used if the power seat operates in front to rear and front tilt but does not operate
in rear tilt.
Has the Power Seats System Check been performed? Go to Power
1 — Seats
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Connect a fused jumper wire from the appropriate
power seat adjuster switch connector cavity B for
CKT 289 (LT BLU) RH or CKT 288 (YEL) to cavity C
for CKT 150 (BLK).
2 —
2. Connect a fused jumper wire from cavity A
CKT 288 (YEL) or CKT 283 (LT BLU) to cavity F for
CKT 540 (ORN).
Did the motor move? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Replace the power seat adjuster switch. Refer to Seat Go to Power
3 A d j u s t e r Replacement - Front (Power). — Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Check for open(s) in CKT(s) 289 (LT BLU) and
288 (YEL) RH or CKT(s) 282 (YEL) and 283 (LT BLU)
LH. Repair as necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in
4 Wiring Systems. — —
2. If no open(s) are found, replace the rear tilt motor. Go to Power
Refer to Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front. Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check

Lumbar Support Does Not Deflate


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
DEFINITION: Use this diagnostic if the lumbar system will inflate but will not deflate.
Has the Lumbar Support System Check been performed? Go to Lumbar
1 — Support
Go to Step 2 System Check
1. Access the lumbar support switch.
2. Connect a DMM between CKT 768 (GRY) and
ground.
2 ■ ■—
3. Toggle the lumbar support switch to the deflate
position.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
Check for opens, intermittences or poor connections in
CKT 768 (GRY) between lumbar support switch and
3 lumbar support motor and solenoid assembly. Repair as — Go to Lumbar
necessary. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. Support
Were any repairs made? System Check Go to Step 4
Replace the lumbar support switch. Refer to Lumbar
Switch Replacement (Power), Lumbar Switch Replacement
(Manual), Lumbar Switch Replacement (Power Split
4 Bench), Lumbar Switch Replacement (Manual Split Bench) —
Go to Lumbar
or Lumbar Switch Replacement (Power Bench Seat). Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Lumbar Support Does Not Inflate
Step Action. Value(s) Yes No
Has the Lumbar Support System Check been performed? Go to Lumbar
1 — Support
Go to Step 2 System Check

1. Access the lumbar support switch.


2. Connect a DMM between CKT 640 (ORN), w/o
2 heated seats or CKT 540 (ORN), w/heated seats, and _
ground.
Is there battery, voltage? Go to Step 3 Go to Step 9
1. Connect a DMM between CKT 767 (RED) and
ground.
3 2. Toggle the lumbar support switch to the inflate '—
position.
I s there battery voltage? Go to Step 4 Go to Step 10
1. Connect a DMM between CKT 768 (GRY) and
ground.
4 2. Toggl e the lumbar support switch to the inflate —
position.
I s there battery voltage? Go to Step 5 Go to Step 10
1. Access power lumbar support motor and solenoid
assembly.
5 2. Connect a DMM between CKT 150 (BLK) and ground — '
at the lumbar solenoid.
Is there continuity? Go to Step 6 Go to Step 11
1. Connect a DMM between CKT 767 (RED) at the
lumbar motor and ground.
6 2. Toggle the lumbar support switch to the inflate —
position.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 7 Go to Step 12
1. Connect a DMM between CKT 768 (ORN) at lumbar
solenoid and ground.
7 2. Toggle the lumbar support switch to the inflate
position.
Is there battery voltage? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 13
Replace the lumbar support motor and solenoid assembly. Go to Lumbar
8 Refer to Lumbar Pump Replacement — Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 640 (ORN), w/o heated seats, or
CKT 540 (ORN), w/heated seats between lumbar support
9 switch and l/P fuse block. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Lumbar ___
Wiring Systems. Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Replace the lumbar support switch. Refer to Lumbar
Switch Replacement (Power), Lumbar Switch Replacement
(Manual), Lumbar Switch Replacement (Power Split
10 Bench), Lumbar Switch Replacement (Manual Split Bench) — —
Go to Lumbar
or Lumbar Switch Replacement (Power Bench Seat). Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 150 (BLK) between the lumbar
support motor and solenoid assembly and G202. Refer to Go to Lumbar
11 Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. —
Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Lumbar Support Does Not Inflate (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Repair open in CKT 767 (RED) between lumbar support
switch and lumbar support motor and solenoid assembly. Go to Lumbar
12 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Support
Is the repair complete? System Check
Repair open in CKT 768 (GRY) between lumbar support
switch and lumbar support motor and solenoid assembly. Go to Lumbar
13 Refer to Wiring Repairs in Wiring Systems. — —
Support
Is the repair complete? System Check

Heated Seat Inoperative


Step Action Value(s) Yes No
Has the Heated Seats System Check been performed? Go to Heated
1 — Seats
Go to Step 2 System Check
2 Is the RF heated seat operative? — Go to Step 7 Go to Step 3
Connect a DMM (continuity) between C228 cavity A,
CKT 182 (YEL) and C228 cavity Bs CKT 150 (BLK) with
3 seatbelt unbuckled. —
Is continuity present? Go to S t e p 5 Go to Step 4
Replace the RF seatbelt switch. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Front (Utility Model), Seat Belt Replacement
- Front (Regular Cab With Bucket Seat), Seat Belt
4 Replacement - Front (Suburban And Crew Cab) or — —
Seat Belt Replacement - Front (Extended Cab with Go to Heated
Bucket Seat). Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM between C228 cavity B, CKT 150 (BLK)
5 and ground. —
Is continuity present? Go to Step 7 Go to Sts? 6
Locate and repair open in CKT 150 (BLK). Refer to Wiring Go to Heated
6 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (volts) from cavity A of
7 connector C212 (LH) or C229 (RH) to ground. Battery Voltage
Is voltage present? Go to Step 9 o to S t e p 8
Locate and repair open in CKT 341 (BRN). Refer to Wiring Go to Heated
8 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Seats ■—
Is the repair complete? System Check
1. Place ignition in the run position.
2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.
9 3. Connect DMM (volts) from cavity D of heated seat Battery Voltage
switch to ground.
Is voltage present? Go To Step 11 Go To Step 10
Repair open in CKT 341 (BRN) between the IP Fuse Block
and the heated seat switch. Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Heated
10 Wiring Systems. — —
Seats
Is repair complete? System Check
1. Remove the heated seat switch.
2. Connect a DMM (continuity) between
11 cavities C and D of the heated seat switch.
3. Check for continuity in high and low switch positions.
Is continuity present in high and low positions? Go To Step 13 Go To Step 12
Replace the heated seat switch. Refer to H e a t e d Seat Go to Heated
12 Switch Replacement - Front. — Seats —
Is repair complete? System Check
Heated Seat Inoperative (cont’d)
Step Action Vaiue(s) Yes No
1. Connect a DMM (ohms) between cavity B and
cavity D of the heated seat switch.
13 Approx. 2700
2. Move the switch to the LOW position
Are the required ohms present? Go To Step 14 Go To Step 12
1. Connect a DMM (ohms) between cavity B and
cavity D of the heated seat switch.
14 Approx..4960
2. Move the switch to the HIGH position
Are the required ohms present? Go To Step 15 Go To Step 12
1. Remove the inoperative seat. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket
2. Disconnect the heated seat module connector of the
inoperative seat. —
15
3. Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity D of heated
seat control module connector to cavity A of
connector C212 (LH) or C229 (RH).
Is continuity present? Go To Step 17 Go To Step 16
Repair open in CKT 1840 (ORN). Refer to Wiring Repairs Go to Heated
16 in Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity B of the heated
seat switch connector to cavity B of the heated seat
17 module connector. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 19 Go To Step 18
Repair open in CKT 1505 (LT BLU/BLK). Refer to Wiring Go to Heated
18 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity C of the heated
seat switch connector to cavity C of the heated seat
19 module connector. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 21 Go To Step 20
Repair open in CKT 1503 (PNK/BLK). Refer to Wiring Go to Heated
20 Repairs in Wiring Systems. __ Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from heated seat control
module cavity F to cavity D of connector C212 (LH) or
21 C229 (RH).
Is continuity present? Go To Step 23 Go To Step 22
Repair open in CKT 150 (BLK). Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Heated
22 Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity A of the heated
seat module connector to cavity A of the seat cushion
23 element connector. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 25 Go To Step 24
Repair open in CKT 1462 (LT BLU). Refer to Wiring Go to Heated
24 Repairs in Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) between cavity A and B of the
25 seat cushion element. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 27 Go To Step 26
Replace the seat cushion element. Refer to Seat Cushion Go to Heated
26 Heater Replacement - Front Seats — ■
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity B of the seat
cushion element connector to cavity A of the seat back
27 element connector. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 29 Go To Step 28
Heated Seat inoperative (cont’d)
Step Action Value(s) No
Repair open in CKT 1985 (PPL). Refer to Wiring Repairs Go to Heated
28 in Wiring Systems. — Seats —
Is the repair complete? tern Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) between cavity A and B of the
29 seat back element. —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 31 Go To Step 30
Replace the seat back element. Refer to Seat Back Heater Go to Heated
30 Replacement - Front — Seats ' —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) from cavity D of the seat
temperature sensor connector to cavity D of
31 connector C212 (LH) or C229 (RH). —
Is continuity present? Go To Step 33 Go To Step 32
Repair open in CKT 150 (BLK). Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Heated
32 Wiring Systems. — . Seats —
Is the repair complete? System Check
Connect a DMM (continuity) between cavities C and D of
33 the seat temperature sensor. _
Is continuity present? Go To Step 34 ■Jo 7c Step 21
Connect a DMM (continuity) between cavity C of the seat
temperature sensor connector and cavity E of the heated
34 seat module connector. Then to cavity F of C212 (LH) or
C229 (RH).
Is continuity present? Go To Step 36 Go To Step 3b
Repair open in CKT 182 (YEL). Refer to Wiring Repairs in Go to Heated
35 Wiring Systems. — Seats —-
Is the repair complete? system Check
Replace heated seat control module. Refer to Heater Go to Heated
36 Module Replacement — . Seats
Is the repair complete? System Check

Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock


Problem tio r
The wire assembly is too loose or Eliminate the slack in the wire assembly by moving the hooked end to the rearward
disconnected. hole of the lock bar.
The lock bar is sticking or binding. Lubricate the lock bar pivot. If the bar is binding, eliminate the cause of the binding
or replace the adjuster.

Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock


Problem !\c tio r
The wire assembly is too tight. Loosen the wire assembly by moving the hooked end to the forward hole of Ihs
lock bar.
The lock bar spring is disconnected Connect the spring or install a new spring.
or broken.
The lock bar is sticking or binding. Lubricate the lock bar pivot. If the bar is binding, eliminate the cause of the binding
or replace the adjuster.

Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward


Problem Actior
The adjusters are new, and not Operate the seat to the full forward and full rearward positions several times in order
seated. to eliminate the tightness from the channels.
The adjuster(s) are improperly Lubricate the adjuster channels with Lubriplate Auto-Lube A or equivalent.
lubricated.
The adjusters are binding because of Replace the adjuster. Refer to Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Bench Seat) or
bent or damaged channels. Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Split Bench).
Repair Instructions
Seat Replacement - Bench
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat trim cover.
2. Remove the seat retaining bolts.
3. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat to the vehicle.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
3. Install the seat trim cover to the seat.

276309
Seat Replacement - Spiit Bench
Removal Procedure
1 . Remove the seat trim cover. Refer to Seat Riser
Trim Cover Replacement - Power
(Split Bench, All).
2 . Remove the seat retaining bolts.
3. Remove the seat and the seat belt from the
vehicle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat to the vehicle.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
3. Install the bolts retaining the seat belt to the floor.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
4. Install the seat trim cover to the seat. Refer to
Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement - Power
(Split Bench, All).

Seat Replacement - Front Bucket


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat riser trim cover. Refer to Seat
Riser Trim Cover Replacement - Power (Bucket)
or Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement - Power
(Ext Cab, Utility).
2. Remove the seat retaining bolts.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector (3) on the
driver side, if equipped.

402347
4. Disconnect the electrical connector (2) on the
passenger side, if equipped.

5. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat to the vehicle.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the retaining bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).

276274
3. Connect the electrical connector (2 ) on the
passenger side, if equipped.

402353

4. Connect the electrical connector (3) on the drivers


side, if equipped.
5. Install the seat riser trim cover. Refer to Seat
Riser Trim Cover Replacement - Power
(Bucket) or Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement -
Power (Ext Cab, Utility).

402347
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
(Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1 . Remove the seat from the riser. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the headrest and the guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
3. Remove the seat cushion pad (2). Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Bucket).
Important: Note the position and the length of the
bolts removed.
4. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge
to the seat cushion frame (3).
5. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner (5) to the seat cushion frame.
Important: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Remove the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame.
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly in
order to expose the retaining slot for the cable.
• Remove the cable from the assembly.
6 . Remove the seat cushion frame (3) from the seat
assembly.
Installation Procedure
Important: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Insert the lumbar adjuster cable into the slot in the
assembly.
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly until
the slot retaining the cable is concealed.
• Install the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame (3).
1. Install the seat cushion frame (3) to the seat
assembly.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
Important: Install the bolts to the original locations.
2. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner (5) to the seat cushion frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
3. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge to
the seat cushion frame (3).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
4. Install the seat cushion pad (2). Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Bucket).
5. Install the seat to the riser (20 ). Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
(Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the riser (20). Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench.
2. Remove the seat cushion pad (2). Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Split Bench).
important: Note the position of the bolts removed.
3. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge
to the seat cushion frame (3).
Important: Note the position of the bolts removed.
4. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner (5) to the seat cushion frame (3).
Important:
• Remove the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame (3).
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly in
order to expose the retaining slot for the cable.
• Remove the cable from the assembly.
5. Remove the seat cushion frame (3) from the seat
assembly.
Installation Procedure
Important: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Insert the lumbar adjuster cable into the slot in the
assembly.
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly until
the slot retaining the cable is concealed.
• Install the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame.
1. Install the seat cushion frame (3) to the seat
assembly.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and


Notices.
Important: Install the bolts in the original locations.
2. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner (5) to the seat cushion frame (3).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
Important: Install the bolts in the original locations.
3. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge to
the seat cushion frame (3).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
4. Install the seat cushion pad. Refer to S e a t
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Split Bench).
5. Install the seat to the riser (2). Refer to S eat
Replacem ent - Split Bench.
276776
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
(Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat retaining bolts (13).
2. Remove the right and left seat belt bolts from
the floor.
3. Pull the seat belts through the seat.
4. Remove the seat from the vehicle.
5. Remove the bolts (6) and seat riser (7) from
the seat.
6. Remove the push pins and rods from the seat
material and frame.
7. Release the springs from the bottom of the seat
adjuster.
8. Remove the bolts and trim from the sides of
the seat.
9. Remove the seat back frame from the seat frame.
10. Remove the seat cover (17) from the seat.
11. Remove the foam pad (15) from the seat.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the foam pad (15) to the seat.
2. Install the seat cover (17) to the seat.
3. Install the seat back frame to the seat frame.
4. Install the bolts and trim to the sides of the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
Im p o rta n t: Install the bolts (6) and seat riser (7) to
the seat.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
5. Install the springs to the bottom of the seat
adjuster.
6. Install the push pins and rods to the seat material
and frame.
7. Install the seat belts through the seat.
8. Install the seat to the vehicle.
9. Install the right and left seat belt bolts to the floor.
10. Install the seat retaining bolts (13).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).

12 11 10 9 8

276664
Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad
Replacement (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Lift the lower seatback cover.
3. Remove the power seat adjuster switch, if
equipped. Refer to Power Seat Adjuster.
4. Remove the recliner release handle. Refer to Seat
Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
(Bucket).
5. Disconnect electrical connectors, if equipped.
6. Release the seat cushion cover (3) retainers from
the seat frame (2).
7. Remove the seat cushion cover (3) from the foam
pad (1).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion cover (3) to the foam
pad (1).
2. Engage the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover (3) to the seat cushion
foam pad.
3. Install the seat cushion cover retainers to the seat
cushion frame (2 ).
4. Connect the electrical connectors, if equipped.
5. Install the recliner handle. Refer to Seat Back
Recliner Handle Replacement - Front (Bucket).
6. Install the power seat adjuster switch, if equipped.
Refer to Power Seat Adjuster.
7. Secure the lower seatback cover.
8. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket
Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad
Replacement (Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the recliner handle. Refer to Seat Back
Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).
2. Remove the power seat adjuster switch, if
equipped. Refer to Seat Adjuster Replacement -
Front (Power)
3. Release the seat cushion cover retainers (24)
from the seat frame (3).
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover (1) to the seat cushion
foam pad (2).
5. Remove the seat cushion cover (1) from the
foam pad (2).
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion cover (1) to the
foam pad (2).
2. Engage the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the seat cushion foam pad.
3. Install the seat cushion cover retainers (24) to the
seat cushion frame (3).
4. Install the power seat adjuster switch, if equipped.
Refer to Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
(Power).
5. Install the recliner handle. Refer to Seat Back
Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).

Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad


Replacement (Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat retaining bolts and tilt rearward.
2. Release the springs from the bottom of the
seat adjuster.
3. Remove the headrest (1) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Bucket).
4. Unzip the zipper.
5. Squeeze the tabs and remove the headrest
guides.
6. Remove the bolts and trim from the sides of
the seat.
7. Remove the seat back from the seat frame.
8. Remove the seat back cover from the seat back
frame (13).
9. Remove the foam pad (12) from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the foam pad to the seat back.
2. Install the seat back cover to the seat back
frame (13).
3. Install the seat back to the seat frame.
4. Install the bolts and trim to the sides of the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
Important: Install the seat retaining bolts.
T ighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
5. Install the headrest guides (2).
6. Zip the zipper.
7. Install the headrest (1) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
8. Install the springs to the bottom of the seat
adjuster.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Front (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the headrest and guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
3. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
4. Disconnect electrical connectors, if equipped.
5. Release the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
6. Release the hook and loop strips retaining
the seat back cover (11) to the seat back
foam pad (12).
7. Place a piece of cardboard between the seat back
cover and the foam pad in order to ease the
removal.
300285
8. Using a side to side motion, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.
Installation Procedure
1. Using a side to side motion, carefully install the
seat back cover (11) over the foam pad (12).
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
5. Connect the electrical connectors, if equipped.
6. Install the headrest and the guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
7. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
8. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Front (Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Front Seat (Split Bench and
Bench Seat).
2. Remove the headrest and the guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Split Bench).
3. Release the bottom edge of the seat
back cover (11).
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining
the seat back cover (11) to the seat back
foam pad (12).
5. To ease the removal, place a piece of cardboard
7 6 between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.
300285

Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover (11) over the foam pad (12).
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Install the headrest and the guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Split Bench).
5. install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Front Seat (Split Bench
and Bench Seat).

7 6

300285
Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -
Front (Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat retaining bolts and tilt rearward,
2. Release the springs from the bottom of the
seat adjuster.
3. Remove the headrest (1) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Front
Seat (Bucket).
4. Unzip the zipper.
5. Squeeze the tabs and remove the headrest
guides.
6. Remove the bolts and trim from the sides of
the seat.
7. Remove the seat back from the seat frame. 7 6
8. Remove the seat back cover from the seat back
frame (13).
300285
9. Remove the foam pad (12) from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the foam pad to the seat back.
2. Install the seat back cover to the seat back
frame (13).
3. Install the seat back to the seat frame.
4. Install the bolts and trim to the sides of the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
I m p o r t a n t : Install the seat retaining bolts.
T ighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
5. Install the headrest guides (2).
6. Zip the zipper.
7. Install the headrest (1) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket). 7 6
8. Install the springs to the bottom of the seat
adjuster.
Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
(Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the riser. Refer to Seat
Riser Replacement (Utility).
2. Remove the headrest (1) and the guides (2).
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Bucket).
3. Remove the seat back pad (12). Refer to Seat
Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Bucket).
Im p o r ta n t: Note the position and the length of the
bolts removed.
4. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge
to the seat back frame (13).
5. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner to the seat back frame.
300285
Im p o r ta n t: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
5.1. Remove the seat cushion pad. Refer to
Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad
Replacement (Bucket).
5.2. Remove the 2 screws retaining the lumbar
cable assembly to the seat cushion frame.
5.3. Turn the threaded black end of the
assembly in order to expose the retaining
slot for the cable.
5.4. Remove the cable from the assembly.
6. Remove the seat back frame (13) from the seat
assembly.
Installation Procedure
Im p o rta n t: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Insert the lumbar adjuster cable into the slot in the
assembly. Turn the threaded black end of the
assembly until the slot retaining the cable is
concealed.
• Install the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame.
• Install the seat cushion pad. Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad
Replacement (Bucket).
1. Install the seat back frame (13) to the seat
assembly.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
8 7 6 Im p o rta n t: Install the bolts to the original locations.
2. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back recliner
to the seat back frame (13).
T ig h te n
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
3. Install the seat back pad (12). Refer to Seat Back
Cover and Pad Replacement - Front (Bucket).
4. Install the headrest (1) and the guides (2). Refer
to Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
5. Install the seat to the riser. Refer to Seat Riser
Replacement (Utility).

Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front


(Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the riser. Refer to Seat
Riser Replacement (Utility).
2. Remove the headrest and guides. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Split Bench).
3. Remove the seat back pad. Refer to Seat Back
Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).
Im p o rta n t: Note the position and the length of the
bolts removed.
4. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge
to the seat back frame (13). 8 7 6
Im p o rta n t: Note the position and the length of the
bolts removed.
300285
5. Remove the 2 bolts retaining the seat back
recliner to the seat back frame (13).
Im p o rta n t: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Remove the seat cushion pad (12). Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Split Bench).
• Remove the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame.
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly to
expose the retaining slot for the cable.
• Remove the cable from the assembly.
6. Remove the seat back frame (13) from the seat
assembly.
Installation Procedure
Im p o rta n t: Complete the following steps ONLY if the
seat is equipped with a lumbar support.
• Insert the lumbar adjuster cable into the slot in the
assembly.
• Turn the threaded black end of the assembly until
the slot retaining the cable is concealed.
• Install the 2 screws retaining the lumbar cable
assembly to the seat cushion frame.
• Install the seat cushion pad. Refer to Seat
Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
(Split Bench).
1. Install the seat back frame (13) to the seat
assembly.

8 7 6

300285
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
Important: Install the bolts in the original locations.
2. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back recliner
to the seat back frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
Important: Install the bolts in the original locations.
3. Install the 2 bolts retaining the seat back hinge to
the seat back frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 30 N-m (22 Ib ft).
4. Install the seat back pad. Refer Xo Seat Back
Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).
5. Install the headrest and guides. Refer to Headrest
Replacement - Front Seat (Split Bench).
6. Install the seat to the riser. Refer to Seat Riser
Replacement (Utility).

Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front


(Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat retaining bolts and tilt rearward.
2. Release the springs from the bottom of the
seat adjuster.
3. Remove the headrest (1) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Bucket).
4. Unzip the zipper.
5. Squeeze the tabs and remove the headrest
guides.
6. Remove the bolts and trim from the sides of
the seat.
7 6 7. Remove the seat back from the seat frame.
8. Remove the seat back cover from the seat back
frame (13).
9. Remove the foam pad (12) from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the foam pad to the seat back.
2. Install the seat back cover to the seat back
frame (13).
3. Install the seat back to the seat frame.
4. Install the bolts and trim to the sides of the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
Important: Install the seat retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
5. Install the headrest guides (2).
6. Zip the zipper.
7. Install the headrest (1) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat (Bucket).
8. Install the springs to the bottom of the seat
adjuster. 300285

Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement -


Front (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the recliner handle cover from the
recliner mechanism (5).
2. Remove the screw (12) retaining the recliner
handle to the recliner mechanism.
3. Remove the recliner handle (11) from the recliner
mechanism.

276756
Installation Procedure
1. Install the recliner handle (11) to the recliner
mechanism (5).
2. Install the screw (12) retaining the recliner handle
to the recliner mechanism.
3. Install the recliner handle cover to the recliner
mechanism.
Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement -
Front (Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the recliner handle cover from the
recliner mechanism (5).
2. Remove the screw (12) retaining the recliner
handle to the recliner mechanism.
3. Remove the recliner handle from the recliner
mechanism.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the recliner handle (11) to the recliner
mechanism (5).
2. Install the screw (12) retaining the recliner handle
to the recliner mechanism.
3. Install the recliner handle cover to the recliner
mechanism (5).
Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement -
Front (Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
For an illustration view, refer to Power Seat Systems
Operation.
1 . Remove the recliner handle cover from the
recliner mechanism.
2. Remove the screw retaining the recliner handle to
the recliner mechanism.
3. Remove the recliner handle from the recliner
mechanism.
Installation Procedure
For an illustration view, refer to Power Seat Systems
Operation.
1 . Install the recliner handle to the recliner
mechanism.
2. Install the screw retaining the recliner handle to
the recliner mechanism.
3. Install the recliner handle cover to the recliner
mechanism.

Lumbar Pump Replacement


Removal Procedure : .
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle.: Refer,-to- Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
F ro n t B u c k e t.
2. Remove the pump wiring harness in-line
connector.
3. Remove the retaining rings (1) which secure the
pump and the pump assembly to the seat.
4. Remove the pump and the pump cover assembly
from the seat.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the pump and the pump cover assembly in
the seat and secure with the retaining rings(1).
2. Install the pump wiring harness in-line connector.
3. Install the seat assembly in the vehicle. Refer
to Seat Replacement - Split Bench or Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

276304

Lumbar Switch Replacement (Power)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws attached to the side of the
seat cushion.
2. Pull the switch partially out from the seat cushion.
3. Remove the switch from the switch bezel.
4. Remove the switch wiring harness in-line
connector.
5. Remove the switch and the wiring harness from
the side of the seat cushion.

Installation Procedure
1. Route the switch wiring harness through the
opening in the side of the seat cushion and
through the opening in the seat frame.
2. Install the switch wiring harness to the vehicle
wiring harness.
3. Install the switch wiring harness in-line connector.
4. Install the switch in the switch bezel.
Position the switch bezel in the seat cushion
opening.
5. Install the screws.
Lumbar Switch Replacement (Manual)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket.
2. Pull the switch out from the opening in the side of
the seat cushion.
3. Remove the switch wiring harness in-line
connector.
4. Remove the switch and the wiring harnesses from
the side of the seat cushion.
Installation Procedure
1. Route the switch wiring harness through the
opening in the side of the seat cushion.
2. Install the switch wiring harness to the vehicle
wiring harness.
3. Position the switch in the seat cushion opening
and install the screws.
4. Install the seat assembly in the vehicle. Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench or Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

Lumbar Switch Replacement


(Power Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws attaching the switch to the
side of the seat cushion.
2. Pull the switch partially out of the seat cushion.
3. Remove the switch from the switch bezel.
4. Remove the switch wiring harness in-line
connector.
5. Remove the switch and the wiring harness from
the side of the seat cushion.
Installation Procedure ~
1. Route the switch wiring harness through the
opening in the side of the seat cushion and
through the opening in the seat frame.
2. Install the switch wiring harness to the vehicle
wiring harness.
3. Install the switch wiring harness in-line connector.
4. Install the switch into the switch bezel.
5. Position the switch bezel into the seat cushion
opening.
6. Install the screws.

276287

Lumbar Switch Replacement


(Manual Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket
2. Remove the screws that attach the switch to the
side of the seat cushion.
Pull the switch out from the opening in the side of
the seat cushion.
3. Remove the switch wiring harness in-line
connector.
4. Remove the following components from the side
of the seat cushion:
• The switch
• The wiring harness

Installation Procedure
1. Route the switch wiring harness through the
opening in the side of the seat cushion.
2. Install the switch wiring harness to the vehicle
wiring harness.
3. Position the switch in the seat cushion opening.
4. Install the screws.
5. Install the seat assembly into the vehicle. Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench or Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket
Lumbar Switch Replacement
(Power Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws attached to the side of the
seat cushion.
2. Pull the switch partially out from the seat cushion.
3. Remove the switch from the switch bezel.
4. Remove the switch wiring harness in-line
connector.
5. Remove the switch and the wiring harness from
the side of the seat cushion.

Installation Procedure
1. Route the switch wiring harness through the
opening in the side of the seat cushion and
through the opening in the seat frame.
2. Install the switch wiring harness to the vehicle
wiring harness.
3. Install the switch wiring harness in-line connector.
4. Install the switch in the switch bezel.
5. Position the switch bezel in the seat cushion
opening.
6. Install the screws.

Lumbar Bladder Replacement


(Non-Removal Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket.
2. Tilt the seat back forward and place the seat
assembly upside-down.
3. Remove the seat back panel lower retainer from
the seat frame.
4. Remove the rubber hose between the bladder
and the pump.
Place a hand down inside the seat back and
disconnect the bladder mounting bars from the
round hooks on the frame.
5, Slide the bladder downward and off the
mounting bars.
6. Remove the bladder from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Position the bladder inside the seat back on the
mounting bars and slide upward.
2. Install the rubber hose between the bladder and
the pump.
3. Install the bladder mounting bars to the round
hooks on the frame.
4. Install the seat back panel lower retainer to the
seat frame.
5. Install the seat assembly into the vehicle. Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench or Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

Lumbar Bladder Replacement


(Removable Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Slide the seat forward.
2. Remove the seat trim close-out strip from the seat
back trim panel.
3. Remove the lower screws from the seat back
trim panel.
Push down and pull out at the top of the seat
back trim panel and remove.
4. Remove the left and the right seat trim from the
J-hooks from the seat frame.
5. Remove the rubber hose from the bladder
assembly.
6. Remove the bladder mounting bars (1) from
around the hooks on the frame.
7. Slide the bladder upward, off the mounting bars.
276304
8. Remove the bladder from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the bladder to the seat back by sliding the
bladder over the bladder mounting bars (1).
2. Install the rubber hose to the bladder.
3. Install the bladder mounting bars around the
hooks on the frame.
4. Install the left and the right seat trim J-hooks onto
the seat frame.
5. Install the lower seat back panel bracket to the
lower seat back.
Push down and in at the top of the seat back
panel to secure the lower seat back.
6. Install the seat back panel screws.
7. Install the seat trim close-out strip to the seat
back trim panel.
8. Slide the seat back into the original position.
Lumbar Bladder Replacement
(Non-Removable Seat Back Panel)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket.
2. Remove the seat trim close-out strip at the bottom
of the seat back.
3. Remove the rubber hose from the bladder
assembly.
4. Remove the bladder mounting bars (1) from
around the hooks on the frame.
5. Slide the bladder upwards, off the mounting bars.
6. Remove the bladder from the seat back.

276304

Installation Procedure
1. Install the bladder to the seat back by sliding over
the bladder mounting bars (1).
2. Install the rubber hose to the bladder.
3. Install the bladder mounting bars around the
hooks on the frame.
4. Install the seat trim close-out strip at the bottom of
the seat back.
5. Install the seat.

276304

Lumbar Bladder Replacement


(Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench.
Tilt the seat back forward and place the seat
assembly upside-down.
2. Remove the seat back panel lower retainer from
the seat frame.
3. Remove the rubber hose between the bladder
and the pump.
Place a hand down inside the seat back and
disconnect the bladder mounting bars (1) from the
round hooks on the frame, one on each side.
4. Slide the bladder downwards and off the
mounting bars.
5. Remove the bladder from the seat back.
Installation Procedure
1. Position the bladder inside the seat back on the
mounting bars (1).
2. Slide the bladder upward.
3. Install the rubber hose between the bladder and
the pump.
4. Install the bladder mounting bars to the round
hooks on the frame, one on each side.
5. Install the seat back panel lower retainer to the
seat frame.
6. Install the seat assembly in the vehicle. Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench.

276304

Lumbar Bladder Replacement


(Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench or Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket.
2. Remove the seat trim close-out strip at the bottom
of the seat back.
3. Remove the rubber hose from the bladder
assembly.
4. Remove the bladder mounting bars (1) from
around the hooks on the frame.
5. Slide the bladder upwards, off the mounting bars.
6. Remove the bladder from the seat back.

276304

Installation Procedure
1. Install the bladder to the seat back by sliding over
the bladder mounting bars (1).
2. Install the rubber hose to the bladder.
3. Install the bladder mounting bars around the
hooks on the frame.
4. Install the seat trim close-out strip at the bottom of
the seat back.
5. Install the seat. Refer to Seat Replacement - Split
Bench or Seat Replacement - Front Bucket.
Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement -
Power (Ext Cab, Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screw (2) and unsnap and remove
the seat inner covers (3) from the front and rear
of the seat (1).
2. Unsnap and remove the seat riser trim cover (6).
3. Remove the screws (4,7) from the seat outer
cover (5).
4. Remove the seat outer cover (5).

402364

Installation Procedure
1. Install the trim outer cover (5) and screws (4,7) to
the seat riser.
2. Install the seat riser trim cover (6) over the seat
outer cover (5).
3. Install the seat inner covers (3) and screws (2) to
the front and rear of the seat (1).

Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement -


Power (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws (2) from the trim cover (1).
2. Unsnap and remove the trim cover from the
seat riser.

402370
Installation Procedure
1. Install the trim cover (1) to the seat riser.
2. Install the trim cover screws (2).

402370

Seat Riser Trim Cover Replacement -


Power (Split Bench, All)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws (5) from the trim cover (4).
2. Remove the trim cover (4) from the seat riser.
3. Remove the screw (1) from the seat rear
trim cover (2).
4. Remove the seat rear trim cover (2).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the rear seat trim cover (2).
2. Install the rear seat trim cover screws (2).
3. Install the seat riser trim cover (4).
4. Install the seat riser trim cover screws (5).
Seat Riser Replacement (Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front seat assembly from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat riser (20) to
the seat adjuster.
3. Remove the seat riser from the seat adjuster.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the front seat riser (20) to the seat adjuster.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the nuts to retain the seat riser to the seat
adjuster.
T ighten
Tighten the nuts to retain the seat riser to the
seat adjuster to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
3. Install the front seat assembly to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Front Bucket.

Seat Riser Replacement (Extended Cab)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front seat assembly from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Split Bench.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat riser (2) to the
seat adjuster.
3. Remove the front seat riser from the seat adjuster.

276776
Installation Procedure
1. Install the front seat riser (2) to the seat adjuster.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the nuts to retain the seat riser to the seat
adjuster.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to retain the seat riser to the
seat adjuster to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
3. Install the front assembly to the vehicle. Refer to
Seat Replacement - Split Bench.

Seat Riser Replacement (Crew Cab)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front seat assembly from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Bench.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat riser (5) to the
seat adjuster.
3. Remove the front seat riser (5) from the seat
adjuster.

276721
Installation Procedure
1. Install the front seat riser (5) to the seat adjuster.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the nuts to retain the seat riser (5) to the
seat adjuster.
T ighten
Tighten the nuts in order to retain the seat riser to
the seat adjuster to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
3. Install the front seat assembly to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Bench.

Seat Riser Replacement (Suburban)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear passenger seat from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Rear (Suburban).
2. Remove the nuts and the bolts retaining the seat
riser (2) to the seat cushion frame.
3. Remove the seat riser from the seat
cushion frame.

276776
installation Procedure
1. Install the seat riser (2) to the seat cushion frame.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the nuts and the bolts to retain the seat
riser to the seat cushion frame (9).
Tighten
Tighten the nuts and the bolts to retain the seat
riser to the seat cushion frame to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
3. Install the rear passenger seat to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Replacement - Rear (Suburban).

Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front


(Manual)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (6).

276290
3. Remove the front seat and the seat adjuster from
the seat riser (20).
3 4
4. Remove the bolts retaining the seat adjuster to
the seat.
5. Remove the seat adjuster from the seat.

276756

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat adjuster to the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts (5) in order to retain the seat
adjuster to the seat.
T ighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat to 25 N-m (18 Ib ft).

276290
3. Install the front seat and the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (20).
4. Install the nuts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat riser.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat riser to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
5. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket
Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
(Power)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the screws retaining the power seat
adjuster switch (13) to the seat cushion.
3. Remove the power seat adjuster switch from the
seat cushion.
4. Remove the electrical connector (21) from the
power seat adjuster switch.
5. Remove the power seat adjuster switch from the
vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the power seat adjuster switch (13) to the
vehicle.
2. Install the electrical connector (21) to the power
seat adjuster switch.
3. Install the power seat adjuster switch to the seat
cushion.
4. Install the screws to retain the power seat
adjuster switch to the seat cushion.
5. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front


(Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (6).
3. Remove the front seat and the seat adjuster from
the seat riser (6).
4. Remove the bolts retaining the seat adjuster to
the seat.
5. Remove the seat adjuster from the seat.

276307
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat adjuster to the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts to retain the seat adjuster to
the seat.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat to 25 N-m (18 Ib ft).
3. Install the front seat and the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (6).
4. Install the nuts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat riser.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to retain the seat adjuster to the
seat riser to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
5. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Split Bench.

Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front


(Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Bench.
2. Remove the nuts retaining the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (5,11).
3. Remove the front seat and the seat adjuster from
the seat riser.
4. Remove the bolts retaining the seat adjuster to
the seat.
5. Remove the seat adjuster from the seat.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat adjuster to the seat.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts (4) to retain the seat adjuster to
the seat.
T ighten
Tighten the bolts (4) in order to retain the seat
adjuster to the seat to 25 N-m (18 Ib ft).
3. Install the front seat and the seat adjuster to the
seat riser (5,11).
4. Install the nuts in order to retain the seat adjuster
to the seat riser.
T ighten
Tighten the nuts in order to retain the seat
adjuster to the seat riser to 45 N-m (33 Ib ft).
5. Install the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Bench.

27631
Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement -
Front
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws.

2. Remove the trim cover from the seat.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the trim cover to the seat.
2. Install the.screws.

276279

Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat. Refer to Seat Replacement -
Front Bucket
2. Place the seat upside down on a c lean, protected
surface.
3. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
4. Remove the drive cables from the motor.
5. Use the drill bit in order to remove the retaining
rivets.
6. Remove the motor from the motor support (2).

287849

installation Procedure
1. Install the motor to the motor support (2).
2 . Secure the motor with a nut (1) and a bolt.
3. Install the drive cables to the motor.
4. Connect the electrical connectors to the motor.
5. Install the seat. Refer to Seat Replacement - Front
Bucket

287849
Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws retaining the power seat
adjuster switch (13) to the seat cushion.
2. Remove the power seat adjuster switch from the
seat cushion.
3. Remove the electrical connector (21) from the
power seat adjuster switch.

4. Remove the power seat adjuster switch from the


vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the power seat adjuster switch (13) to the
vehicle.
2. Install the electrical connector (21) to the power
seat adjuster switch.

276756

3. Install the power seat adjuster switch to the seat


cushion.
4. Install the screws to retain the power seat
adjuster switch to the seat cushion.
Heated Seat Switch Replacement. - Rear
Removal Procedure
Caution; Refer to Battery Disconnect Caution in
Cautions and Notices .
1. Remove the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the console storage bin. Refer to
Console Storage Bin Replacement in Instrument
Panel, Gauges and Console,
3. Remove the switch connector.
4. Remove the switch (3) through the center of the
console.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the switch (3) through the center of the
console.
2. Install the switch connector.
3. Install the console storage bin. Refer to Console
Storage Bin Replacement in Instrument Panel,
Gauges and Console.
4. Install the negative battery cable.

288155

Seat Back Heater Replacement - Front


Removal Procedure
On the Escalade, the heating element is taped to the
seat cushion. On the base vehicles and the Denali,
the heating element is sewn into-the seat cover
and not serviceable separately. On these vehicles, the
cover must be replaced.
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket
2. Remove the seat back trim cover.
3. Remove the seat back heater.
4. Disconnect the seat back heater harness.
installation Procedure
1. Connect the seat back heater harness.
2. Install the seat back heater.
3. Install the seat back trim cover.
4. Install the seat in vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Front


Removal Procedure
On the Escalade, the heating element is taped to the
seat cushion. On the base vehicles and the Denali,
the heating element is sewn into the seat cover
and not serviceable separately. On these vehicles, the
cover must be replaced.
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
2. Remove the seat cushion trim cover.
3. Remove the seat cushion heater.
4. Disconnect the seat cushion heater wiring
harness.

Installation Procedure
1. Connect the cushion heater wiring harness.
2. Install the seat cushion heater.
3. Install the seat cushion trim cover.
4. Install the seat in the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.

381505
Heater Module Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Operate the seat to the full-up position.
2. Remove the seat to floor bolts and rotate the seat
to access the heater module. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
3. Remove the rosebud retaining module from the
seat frame.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
heater module.
5. Remove the module from the seat.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the module to the seat.
2. Connect the electrical connector to the heater
module.
3. Install the rosebud that attaches the module to the
seat frame.
4. Install the seat to floor bolts. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Front Bucket.
5. Return the seat to the original position.

Headrest Replacement - Front Seat


(Bucket) 1
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the headrest (1) to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool in the hole at
the forward edge of the headrest retainer (2).
3. Press in on the tool to release the retainer clips.
4. Lift the headrest from the retainers.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest (1) into the retainers (2).
2. Push the headrest to the full down position.
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the headrest is
engaged with the headrest retainers.

Headrest Replacement - Front Seat


(Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the headrest (1) to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool in the hole at
the forward edge of the headrest retainer (2).
3. Press in on the tool to release the retainer clips
and lift the headrest from the retainers.

276296

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest (1) into the retainers (2).
2. Push the headrest to the full down position.
3. Pull up to ensure that the headrest is engaged
with the headrest retainers.

276296
Headrest Replacement - Front Seat
(Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the headrest to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool in the hole at
the forward edge of the headrest retainer (2).

3. Press in on the paper clip in order to release the


retainer clips.
4. Lift the headrest (1) from the retainers.

8 7 6

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest (1) into the retainers.
2. Push the headrest to the full down position.

300285
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the headrest is
engaged with the headrest retainers (2).

Bucket Seat Headrest Bushing


Replacement (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Bucket).
2. Remove the headrest from the seat back frame
by squeezing the retaining tabs together at the
base of the guide(s) and lifting up.

276297

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Bucket).
Bucket Seat Headrest Bushing
Replacement (Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Split Bench).
2. Remove the headrest guide(s) from the seat back
frame by squeezing the retaining tabs together at
the base of the guide and lifting up.

276297

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).

276297

Bucket Seat Headrest Bushing


Replacement (Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Bench Seat).
2. Remove the headrest guide(s) from the seat back
frame by squeezing the retaining tabs together at
the base of the guide and lifting up.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Bench Seat).

276297

Headrest Retainer Replacement - Front


Seat (Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Bucket).
2. Remove the headrest from the seat back frame
by squeezing the retaining tabs together at the
base of the guide(s) and lifting up.

276297

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Bucket).
Headrest Retainer Replacement - Front
Seat (Split Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Split Bench).
2. Remove the headrest guide(s) from the seat back
frame by squeezing the retaining tabs together at
the base of the guide and lifting up.

276297

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Split Bench).

276297

Headrest Retainer Replacement - Front


Seat (Bench)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Bench Seat).
2. Remove the headrest guide(s) from the seat back
frame by squeezing the retaining tabs together at
the base of the guide and lifting up.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guide(s) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
(Bench Seat).

Armrest Replacement - Front Seat


(Bucket)
Removal Procedure
1. Release the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -
Front (Bucket).
2. Use a small bladed tool in order to release the
clip (10) retaining the armrest (9) to the seat back.

3. Pull the armrest from the seat back.

276300
Installation Procedure
1. Install the retaining clip to the seat back, and
ensure that the retaining clip (10) is fully seated.
2. Install the armrest (9) to the seat back.
3. Press on the armrest in order to engage the
armrest with the retaining clip in the seat back.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Front (Bucket).

8 7 6

300285

Armrest Replacement - Front Seat


(Split Bench and Bench Seat)
Removal Procedure
For an illustrated view, refer to Power Seat Systems
Operation.
1. Fold the right side of the rear seat forward to gain
access to the armrest trim cover and bolts.
2. Remove the armrest trim cover (7).
3. Remove the armrest bolts (6).
4. Remove the armrest by sliding off the pivot
and out.

Installation Procedure
For an illustrated view, refer to Power Seat Systems
Operation.
1. Install the rear seat armrest to the pivot point on
the rear seat.
2. Install the armrest bolts (6).
3. Install the armrest trim cover (7) and screws.
4. Fold the right rear seat back into the upright
position.
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front and the rear leg trim covers.
2. Remove the seat retaining bolts.

3. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat into the vehicle.

276312
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
3. Install the front and the rear leg trim covers.

Seat Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front and the rear leg trim covers.
2. Remove the seat retaining bolts (2).

276323

3. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

276313
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat into the vehicle.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and


Notices.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.
T ig h te n
Tighten the bolts to 55 N-m (41 Ib ft).
3. Install the front and the rear leg trim covers.

Seat Replacement - Rear (Utility)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front and the rear leg trim covers.
2. Remove the seat retaining bolts.

3. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

instailation Procedure
1. Install the seat into the vehicle.
2. Install the seat retaining bolts.

3. Install the front and the rear leg trim covers.

276318

Seat Replacement - Rear Bench


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the quick release latch plates for the
lap/shoulder belts by pressing a drift punch or
a similar tool into the release hole of the seat belt
buckle while pulling on the safety belt.
2. Pull up on the handle at the rear of the seat.
3. Roll the seat forward.
4. Lift the seat up and out of the floor rails.
5. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

276340
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat into the vehicle.
2. Align the seat attaching points with the slots in the
floor rail.
3. Push the seat forward in the rail in order to lock
the front of the seat risers onto the pins on the
inside of the floor rail.
4. Roll the seat back and down in order to secure
the seat into place.
5. Install the quick release latch plate for the
lap/shoulder belt by inserting the latch plate into
the seat belt buckle and pushing in order to
engage the latch plate with the seat belt buckle.

Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear


(Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat cushion trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Utility).
2. Remove the seat cushion frame (4).

276324

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion frame (4). .1
2. Install the seat cushion trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Utility).
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat cushion trim cover (6) and the
pad (5). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban).
2. Remove the seat cushion frame (4).

276344

Installation Procedure
8 9 1 2 3 1. Install the seat cushion frame (4).
2. Install the seat cushion trim cover (6) and the
pad (5). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban).
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat cushion trim cover (17) and the
pad (15). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab).
2. Remove the seat cushion frame (16).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion frame (16).
2. Install the seat cushion trim cover (17) and the
pad (15). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab).

276664
Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear
(Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat cushion trim cover (8) and the
pad (7). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban).

2. Remove the seat cushion frame (8).


Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion frame (4).

2. Install the seat cushion trim cover (3) and the


pad (4). Refer to Seat Cushion Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban).
Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
- Rear (Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear passenger seat from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
(4 Door Utility)
2. Remove the rear passenger seat riser. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Utility)
3. Remove the seat back from the seat cushion.
Refer to Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Utility)
4. Remove the hog rings (3) from the rear edge of
the seat cushion cover (1).
5. Remove the seat belt buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (2 Door Utility).
6. Remove all the remaining hog rings (3) retaining
the seat cushion cover (1) to the seat cushion
frame (4).
276324 7. Release the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad (2).
8. Remove the seat cushion cover from the
foam pad (2).
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion cover (1) to the
foam pad (2).
2. Engage the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad.
3. Install the seat buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (2 Door Utility).
4. Install the hog rings (3) to retain the seat cushion
cover to the seat cushion frame.
5. Install the seat back to the seat cushion. Refer to
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Utility)
6. Install the rear passenger seat risers. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Utility)
7. Install the rear passenger seat to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
7 "i _____-- ----6 (4 Door Utility)

276324
Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
- Rear (Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear passenger seat from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab)
2. Remove the rear passenger seat riser. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Extended Cab)
3. Remove the seat back from the seat cushion.
Refer to Seat Back Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab)
4 . Remove the hog rings (7) from the rear edge of
the seat cushion cover (6).
5. Remove the seat belt buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Extended Cab).
6. Remove all the remaining hog rings retaining the
seat cushion cover to the seat cushion frame (4).
7. Release the hook and the loop strips retaining the 276344

seat cushion cover to the foam pad.


8. Remove the seat cushion cover from the
foam pad (5).
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion cover (6) to the
foam pad (5).
2. Engage the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad.
3. Install the seat buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Extended Cab).
4. install the hog rings (7) to retain the seat cushion
cover to the seat cushion frame (4).
5. Install the seat back to the seat cushion. Refer to
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Extended Cab)
6. Install the rear passenger seat risers. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Extended Cab)
7. Install the rear passenger seat to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab) 7 6 5 4

276344
Seat Cushion Cover a n d Pad R e p l a c e m e n t
- Rear (Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear passenger seat from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab)
2. Remove the rear passenger seat riser. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Crew Cab)
3. Remove the seat back from the seat cushion.
Refer to Seat Back Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab)
4. Remove the hog rings (14) from the rear edge of
the seat cushion cover (17).
5. Remove the seat belt buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab)
6. Remove all the remaining hog rings retaining the
seat cushion cover to the seat cushion frame (16).
7. Release the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad (15).
8. Remove the seat cushion cover from the
foam pad.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat cushion cover (17) to the
foam pad (15).
2. Engage the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad.
3. Install the seat buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab)
4. Install the hog rings (14) in order to retain the
seat cushion cover to the seat cushion frame (16).
5. Install the seat back to the seat cushion. Refer to
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab)
6. Install the rear passenger seat risers. Refer to
Seat ftiser Replacement (Crew Cab)
7. Install the rear passenger seat to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab)

276664
Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement
- Rear (Suburban)
Removal Procedure .
1. Remove the rear passenger seat from the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (Suburban
Removable Rear Seat)
2. Remove the rear passenger seat riser. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Suburban)
3. Remove the seat back from the seat cushion.
Refer to Seat Back Replacement - Rear
(Suburban)
4. Remove the hog rings from the rear edge of the
seat cushion cover (3).
5. Remove the seat belt buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Suburban Removable
Rear Seat)
6. Remove all the remaining hog rings retaining the
seat cushion cover (3) to the seat cushion
frame ( 8 ).
7. Release the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover to the foam pad (4).
8. Remove the seat cushion cover from the
foam pad.

276675

Installation Procedure t~
1. Install the seat cushion cover (8) to the
foam pad (7).
2. Engage the hook and the loop strips retaining the
seat cushion cover (3) to the foam pad (4).
3. Install the seat buckles. Refer to Seat Belt
Replacement - Rear (Suburban
Removable Rear Seat)
4. Install the hog rings in order to retain the seat
cushion cover to the seat cushion frame (8).
5. Install the seat back to the seat cushion. Refer to
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Suburban)
6. Install the rear passenger seat risers. Refer to
Seat Riser Replacement (Suburban)
7. Install the rear passenger seat to the vehicle.
Refer to Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (Suburban
Removable Rear Seat)

276675

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Rear (Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (10) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Utility).
3. Release the bottom edge of the seat back
cover (2).
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad (1).
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.
Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over the foam pad.
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover (2) and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips that retain the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad (1).
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
5. Install the headrests (10) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Utility).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Rear (Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (17) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Utility).
3. Release the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6 . Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.

276328
Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over the foam pad.
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips that retain the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
5. Install the headrests (17) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Utility).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Rear (Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (3) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Crew Cab).
3. Release the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.

276332
Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over the foam pad.
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips that retain the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
5. Install the headrests (3) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Crew Cab).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer
to Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Rear (Suburban 40%)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (2) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 40%).
3. Remove the staples to release the bottom edge of
the seat back cover.
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.

276335
Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over the foam pad.
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips that retain the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover
with new staples using a pneumatic stapler.
5. Install the headrests (2) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 40%).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.

Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -


Rear (Suburban 60%)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (1) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 60%).
3. Remove the staples to release the bottom edge of
the seat back cover (2).
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.

Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over the foam pad.
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and loop strips that retain the
seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back
cover (2) with new staples using a pneumatic
stapler.
5. Install the headrests (1) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 60%).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.

276555
Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -
Rear (Suburban 2nd Rear)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest from the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
2. Remove the headrests (3) from the seat back.
Refer to Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 40%).
3. Release the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
4. Release the hook and loop strips retaining
the seat back cover (1) to the seat back
foam pad (2).
5. To ease removal, place a piece of cardboard
between the seat back cover and the foam pad.
6. Working from side to side, carefully lift the seat
back cover from the foam pad.
Installation Procedure
1. Working from side to side, carefully install the
seat back cover over (1) the foam pad (2).
2. Remove the cardboard from between the seat
back cover and the foam pad.
3. Engage the hook and the loop strips that retain
the seat back cover to the seat back foam pad.
4. Secure the bottom edge of the seat back cover.
5. Install the headrests (3) to the seat back. Refer to
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 40%).
6. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)
2. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Rear Seat.
3. Open the access flaps at the lower rear corners of
the seat back in order to allow access to the
seat-back-to-frame retaining bolts.
4. Remove the bolts from the seat back frame (6).
5. Remove the seat back frame (6) from the
seat back cushion frame (7).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat back frame (6) to the seat back
cushion frame (7).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
3. Secure the access flaps at the lower rear comers
of the seat back.
4. Secure the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
5. install the seat to the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)

276327
Seat Back Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)
2. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Rear Seat.
3. Open the access flaps at the lower rear corners of
the seat back in order to allow access to the seat
back to the frame retaining bolts.
4. Remove the bolts from the seat back frame.
5. Remove the seat back frame (5) from the seat
back cushion frame.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat back frame (5) to the seat back
cushion frame.
N o t i c e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
3. Secure the access flaps at the lower rear corners
of the seat back.
4. Secure the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
5. Install the seat to the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)
Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)
2. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Rear Seat.
3. Open the access flaps at the lower rear comers of
the seat back in order to allow access to the seat
back to the frame retaining bolts.
4. Remove the bolts from the seat back frame (5).
5. Remove the seat back frame from the seat
back cushion frame.

276332
Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat back frame to the seat
cushion frame.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the bolts to retain the seat back frame (5)
to the seat cushion frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
3. Secure the access flaps at the lower rear corners
of the seat back.
4. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
5. Install the seat to the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)

Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Suburban)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat from the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)

276335
2. Remove the armrest. Refer to Armrest
Replacement - Rear Seat.
3. Open the access flaps at the lower rear corners of
the seat back in order to allow access to the
access to the seat back to the frame
retaining bolts.
4. Remove the bolts from the seat back frame.
5. Remove the seat back frame (10) from the seat
back cushion frame (11).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the seat back frame (5) to the seat
cushion frame.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and


Notices.

2. install the bolts to retain the seat back frame (11)


to the seat cushion frame.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to retain the seat back frame to
the seat cushion frame to 35 N-m (26 Ib ft).
3. Secure the access flaps at the lower rear comers
of the seat back.
4. Install the armrest to the seat back. Refer to
Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat.
5. Install the seat to the vehicle. Refer to Seat
Replacement - Rear (Utility)

276555
Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
(Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover (2) and the
pad (1). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Utility).
2. Remove the latch release cable.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch release cable.
2. Install the seat back trim cover (2) and the
pad (1). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Utility).

276327
Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
(Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban 2nd Rear).
2. Remove the latch release cable.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch release cable.
2. Install the seat back trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad t
Replacement - Rear (Suburban 2nd Rear).
Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab).
2. Remove the latch release cable.

276332
Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch release cable.
2. Install the seat back trim cover (1) and the
pad (2). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab).

Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear


(Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover (1) and the
pad (7). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban 40%).
2. Remove the latch release cable.

276335
Installation Procedure
1. Install the latch release cable.
2. Install the seat back trim cover (2) and the
pad (12). Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad
Replacement - Rear (Suburban 40%).

276555

Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear


Folding
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the bolts.
2 . Remove the rear folding seat panel.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the rear folding seat panel.
2. Install the bolts.

276337
Seat Support Cover Replacement -
Rear Folding
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws (7) from the trim cover (6).
2. Remove the trim cover from the rear seat support.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the trim cover (6) to the rear seat support,
2. Install the trim cover screws (7).

402377

Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat


Removal Procedure
1. Fold the right side of the rear seat forward to gain
access to the armrest trim cover and bolts.
2. Remove the armrest trim cover (7).
3. Remove the armrest bolts (6).
4. Remove the armrest by sliding off the pivot
and out.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the rear seat armrest to the pivot point on
the rear seat,
2. Install the armrest bolts (6).
3. Install the armrest trim cover (7) and screws (8).
4. Fold the right rear seat back into the upright
position.

Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Utility)


Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (9) to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool into the hole
at the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (8).
3. Press in on the tool to release the retainer clips.
4. Lift the head restraint from the retainers.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the head restraint (9) into the retainers (8).
2. Push the head restraint to the full down position.
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the head restraint is
engaged with the head restraint retainers.

Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat


(Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (17) to the full up
position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool into the hole at
the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (16).
3. Press in on the tool in order to release the
retainer clips.
4. Lift the head restraint from the retainers.

276328
Installation Procedure
1. Install the head restraint (17) into the
retainers (16).
2. Push the head restraint to the full down position.
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the head restraint
is engaged with the head restraint retainers.

276328

Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat


(Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (3) to the full up position
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool into the hole
at the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (4).
3. Press in on the tool in order to release the
retainer clips.
4. Lift the head restraint from the retainers.

276332
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban 40%)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (2) to the full up position
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool into the hole
at the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (3).
3. Press in on the tool in order to release the
retainer clips.
4. Lift the head restraint from the retainers.

276335
Installation Procedure
1. Install the head restraint (2) into the retainers (3).
2. Push the head restraint to the full down position.
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the head restraint is
engaged with the head restraint retainers.

276335

Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat


(Suburban 60%)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (1) to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool into the hole
at the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (13).
3. Press in on the tool in order to release the
retainer clips.
4. Lift the head restraint from the retainers.

276555

Installation Procedure
1. Install the head restraint (1) into the retainers (13).
2. Push the head restraint to the full down position.
3. Pull up in order to ensure that the head restraint is
engaged with the head restraint retainers.

276555
Headrest Replacement - Rear Seat
(Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Raise the head restraint (3) to the full up position.
2. Insert a paper clip or a similar tool in the hole
at the forward edge of the head restraint
retainer (4).
3. Press in on the tool in order to release the
retainer clips and lift the head restraint from
the retainers.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the head restraint (3) into the retainers (4).
2. Push the head restraint to the full down position
and pull up in order to ensure that the head
restraint is engaged with the head restraint
retainers.
Headrest Retainer Replacement -
Rear Seat
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the seat back trim cover and the pad.
Refer to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
- Rear (Utility).
2. Remove the headrest guides (8) from the seat
back frame by squeezing the retaining tabs
together at the base of the guide, and lifting up.

276327

Installation Procedure
1. Install the headrest guides (8) by pressing into the
seat back frame until the retaining tabs snap into
place at the bottom of the frame opening.
2. Install the seat back trim cover and the pad. Refer
to Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement -
Rear (Utility).
Description and Operation
Power Seat Systems Operation Rear Tilt Description
Three reversible motors operate the power seats. One The rear tilt motor is operated in the same way as the
motor raises or lowers the front of the seat. One front tilt motor through the rear tilt switch.
motor raises or lowers the rear of the seat. The third By placing the rear tilt switch in the UP position,
motor moves the seat forward or backward. voltage is applied to the rear tilt motor through
Moving the front tilt switch to the UP position supplies CKT 283 (LT BLU). The motor is grounded through
voltage to the front tilt motor through the left hand the normally closed contacts of the rear tilt switch
CKT 287 (DK BLU), and the right hand CKT 297 through CKT 282 (YEL) thus, raising the rear of the
(DK GRN). The motor grounds through the front tilt seat. By positioning the rear tilt switch in the DOWN
switch to ground G202 and the front of the seat raises. position the polarity is reversed and the rear of
Moving the front tilt switch to the DOWN position the seat is lowered.
reverses the polarity, and the front of the seat lowers. The circuit numbers used in this description are for the
The rear tilt motor operates in the same manner LF seat, the RF seat operates the same way but the
through the rear tilt switch. circuit numbers change.
Moving the power seat entire switch up or down Up / Down Description
operates the front and rear tilt motors at the
The UP / DOWN function of the power seat uses the
same time.
front tilt and the rear tilt motors at the same time.
Moving the power seat entire switch forward or By doing this, the entire seat can be raised or lowered
backward operates the forward/rearward motor, and depending on the switch position. The circuits for
the seat moves forward or backward. this are the same as mentioned above in Front Tilt and
Rear T i lt Operation.
Power Seats Circuit Description
Forward / Rearward Description
Power Seat Description By placing the entire seat switch in the forward
The 6 way power seat system incorporates three position, voltage is applied to the forward / rearward
reversible motors and a power seat adjuster switch to motor through CKT 285 (TAN). The motor is grounded
operate the power seat. The front tilt motor raises through the normally closed contacts of the entire
or lowers the front of the seat. The rear tilt motor raises seat switch through CKT 284 (LT GRN) thus, moving
or lowers the rear of the seat. The forward/rearward the seat forward. By positioning the entire seat
motor moves the seat forward or rearward. switch in the rearward position the polarity is reversed
and the seat moves rearward.
Power for the power seat system is supplied from the
PWR ACCY circuit breaker through CKT 540 (ORN) The circuit numbers used in this description are for the
to the power sear adjuster switch. Ground is supplied LF seat, the RF seat operates the same way but the
from G202 through CKT 150 (BLK) to the power circuit numbers change.
seat adjuster switch.
Front Tilt Description Power Lumbar Operation
With the power lumbar system, each seat incorporates
By placing the front tilt switch in the UP position,
a power lumbar motor, lumbar solenoid and a power
voltage is applied to the front tilt motor through
lumbar support switch to inflate/deflate an air
CKT 287 (DK BLU). The motor is grounded through
bladder for changing the contour of the seat back. The
the normally closed contacts of the front tilt switch
power lumbar support switches are three position
through CKT 286 (DK GRN) thus, raising the front of
switches that energize the power lumbar support motor
the seat. By positioning the front tilt switch in the
and the lumbar solenoid to inflate the lumbar bladder
DOWN position the polarity is reversed and the front
and energize only the lumbar solenoid to deflate
of the seat is lowered.
the lumbar bladder.
The circuit numbers used in this description are for the
LF seat, the RF seat operates the same way but the
circuit numbers change.
Power Lumbar Circuit Description Front Heated Seat Description
The front Heated Seat Switches receive power, with
Lumbar System Description the Ignition in the Run position, from the RR HVAC
The lumbar support system incorporates an inflatable fuse in the l/P Fuse Block through CKT 341 (BRN).
bladder, lumbar support switch and a lumbar When the switch is placed in the LOW position, the ON
support motor and solenoid assembly. For vehicles signal is sent to the Heated Seat Module through
equipped with a bench, split bench or bucket CKT 1503 (PNK/BLK), and the HIGH/LOW Signal is
seats without heated seats, power is supplied from the sent through CKT 1505 (LT BLU/BLK) to the
C IG LTR fuse through CKT 640 (ORN) to the lumbar heated seat module. The low side of the Heated Seat
support switch. On vehicles equipped with heated Switch has approximately 275£2 of resistance, while
seats, power is supplied from the PWR ACCY circuit the high side has approximately 310Q of resistance.
breaker through CKT 540 (ORN) to the lumbar support The Heated Seat Module receives battery voltage from
switch. Ground, with either system, is supplied from the FRONT HEATED SEATS fuse, in the underhood
G202 through CKT 150 (BLK) to the lumbar support fuse block, through CKT 1840 (ORN). With the
motor and solenoid assembly. heated seat switch on, battery voltage is sent from the
Inflate Description module through CKT 1462 (LT BLU) to the Seat
Cushion Element. Output is sent through
By placing the lumbar support switch in the inflate CKT 1985 (PPL) to the Seat Back Element. Since the
position, voltage is applied through CKT 767 (PPL) to elements are connected in series, ground for both
the motor and CKT 768 (TAN) to the solenoid. elements is provided through CKT 150 (BLK) to ground
This causes the motor to run and the solenoid to G202. The temperature sensors for the seats are
energize. Ambient air is drawn through the motor and located with the seat cushion element. The sensor
past the solenoid to fill the bladder. When the monitors seat temperature and a varying resistance
switch is released, the motor stops and the solenoid that is monitored at the Signal Enable, cavity E of the
de-energizes. The solenoid acts as a check valve and Heated Seat Module. The Heated Seat Module
captures the air in the bladder. compares this signal to the HI/LO input to determine
Deflate Description when to apply and shut off battery voltage to the
heating elements. Temperature settings are
By placing the lumbar support switch in the deflate maintained around:
position, voltage is applied through CKT 768 (TAN) to
the solenoid only. When the solenoid is energized, • 37.5°C (98.5°F) for the LOW position.
air from the bladder is allowed to pass through • 42.5°C (107.5°F) for the HIGH position.
the solenoid and motor to the atmosphere, thus Both the Driver’s and Passenger’s, heated seats
deflating the bladder. operate the same. However, the Passenger’s seat
needs seat belt buckled. When the seat belt is
Heated Seats Description not buckled, the enable signal through CKT 182 (YEL)
is grounded at the heated seat module and the
Front Heated Seats system will not operate.
The control for the driver’s side heated seat is located
on the left side of the seat. The control for the right Special Tools and Equipment
front passenger is located on the right side of the
passenger seat. Move the switch forward to MED or
HIGH temperature to turn on the heating elements
in the seat. The right front passenger’s safety belt must
be buckled before the heating elements in that seat
will operate. To turn the heated seats off, move
the switch rearward to OFF.

Heated Seats Circuit Description


Heated Seat System
The heated seat system incorporates a heated seat
switch, heated seat module, seat temperature sensor,
heating elements in the seat cushion (front and
rear) and heating elements in the seat back (front
only). All the passengers seats (front and rear) have a
seat belt switch that is used for an enable signal
when the seat belt is buckled.
Interior Trim
Specifications
______________ Fastener Tightening Specifications
Specification
A pplication Metric English
Door Sill Trim Plate Screws 2 N-m 18 Ib in
D Pillar Trim Panel Screws 2 N-m 181b in
Floor Consol e Bolts 6 N-m 53 Ib in
Jack and Tool Stowage Container Retaining Nut 5 N-m 44 ib i n
Overhead Console Screws 2 N-m 1 8 1b in
Pillar Molding Screws 2 N-m 181b in
Quarter Panel Trim Armrest Screws 2 N-m 181b in
Quarter Panel Trim Screws 2 N-m 18 Ib in
Upper Garnish Molding Screws 2 N-m 181b in

GM SPO Group Numbers


Application G™! SPO G roup Num ber
C-Pillar— Trim LF 16.575
C-Pillar — Trim RT 16.575
Carpet — Front Floor 16 850
Carpet — Rear Floor 16.850
Carpet — Rear Wheel 5 S03
Console — Overhead 16.745
D-Pillar — Trim 16 575
Front Floor Mats 2. 35CA
Garnish — Molding Lock Pillar 16 575
Garnish — Molding Lock Pillar 16 575
Garnish — Molding Side Door Opening Frame 16.575
Garnish — Molding Upper Roller Track 16.575
Garnish — Rear Door Upper 16.575
Handle — Assist 16.346
Headliner 16.000
Hook — Coat 16.742
Panel — Body Side Rear Front Upper 16.575
Panel — Body Side Rear Lower 16.575
Plate — Rear Floor Trim 16.603
Plate — Side Door Sill 16.603
Rear Floor Mats 21.380A
Sunshade 16.070
Repair Instructions
Door Sill Plate Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the sill trim plate.

276538

Installation Procedure
1. Install the sill trim plate.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Gautions and
Notices.
2. Install the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the door sill trim plate screws to
2 N-m (1 8 1b in).

276538
Carpet Replacement - Front (Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the left front seat belt retractor,
2. Remove the left front sill trim plate.
3. Remove the right front seat belt retractor.
4. Remove the right front sill trim plate.
5. Remove the transfer case shift console, if
equipped.
6 . Remove the transfer case shift handle, if
equipped.
7. Remove the heater duct.
8. Remove the left kick panel.
9. Remove the right kick panel.
10. Remove the front seat center belt anchors.
11. Remove the right front seat track garnish molding.
12. Remove the left front seat track garnish molding.
276934
13. Remove the seat hold down bolts.
14. Remove the seat from the vehicle.
15. Remove the carpet from the vehicle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the new carpet into the vehicle.
2. Install the front seat into the vehicle.
3. Install the front seat bolts.
4. Install the left seat track garnish molding.
5. Install the right seat track garnish molding.
6. Install'the front seat center belt anchor bolts.
7. Install the left kick panel.
8. Install the right kick panel.
9. Install the heater duct.
10. Install the transfer case shifter handle, if equipped.
11. Install the transfer case shifter console, if
equipped.
12. Install the right front sill trim plate.
13. Install the right front seat belt retractor.
14. Install the left front sill trim plate.
15. Install the left front seat belt retractor.
Carpet Replacement - Front (Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the left front seat belt retractor.
2. Remove the left front sill trim plate.
3. Remove the right front seat belt retractor.
4. Remove the right front sill trim plate.
5. Remove the transfer case shift console, if
equipped.
6. Remove the transfer case shift handle, if
equipped.
7. Remove the heater duct.
8. Remove the left kick panel.
9. Remove the right kick panel.
10. Remove the front seat center belt anchors.
11. Remove the right front seat track garnish molding.
12. Remove the left front seat track garnish molding.
13. Remove the seat hold down bolts.
14. Remove the seat from the vehicle.
15. Remove the left rear sill trim plate.
16. Remove the left rear seat front garnish molding.
17. Remove the left rear seat rear garnish molding.
18. Remove the left rear seat release handle.
19. Remove the left rear seat bolts.
20. Remove the left rear center seat belt bolt.
21. Remove the left rear seat from the vehicle.
22. Remove the right rear sill trim plate.
23. Remove the right rear seat bolts.
24. Remove the right rear seat from the vehicle.
25. Remove the left rear seat belt anchor bolt.
26. Remove the right rear seat belt anchor bolt.
27. Remove the center carpet retainer.
28. Remove the left passenger assist handle.
29. Remove the left front shoulder belt pivot.
30. Remove the left B-pillar molding.
31. Remove the right passenger assist handle.
32. Remove the right front shoulder belt pivot.
33. Remove the right front B-pillar molding.
34. Remove the left C-pillar molding.
35. Remove the right C-pillar molding.
36. Remove the floor vent grilles.

37. Remove the carpet from the vehicle.

276942

Installation Procedure
1. Install the new carpet into the vehicle.
2. Install the floor vent grilles.
3. Locate and cut the transfer case or the manual
transmission access hole, if equipped.
4. Install the right C-pillar molding.
5. Install the left C-pillar molding.
6. Install the right front B-pillar molding.
7. Install the right front shoulder pivot.
8. Install the right passenger assist handle.
9. Install the left B-pillar molding.
10. Install the left front shoulder belt pivot.
11. Install the left passenger assist handle.
12. Install the left B-pillar molding.
13. Install the left front shoulder belt pivot.
14. Install the left passenger assist handle.
15. Install the center carpet retainer.
16. Install the right rear seat belt anchor bolt.
17. Install the left rear seat belt anchor bolt.
18. Install the right rear seat into the vehicle.
19. Install the right rear seat bolts.
20. Install the right rear sill trim plate.
21. Install the left rear seat into the vehicle.
22. Install the left rear seat bolts.
23. Install the left rear center seat belt bolt.
24. Install the left rear seat rear garnish molding.
25. Install the left rear seat front garnish molding.
26. Install the left rear seat release handle.

276945
27. Install the left rear sill trim plate.
28. Install the front seat into the vehicle.
29. Install the front seat bolts.
30. Install the left seat track garnish molding.
31. Install the right seat track garnish molding.
32. Install the front seat center belt anchor bolts.
33. Install the left kick panel.
34. Install the right kick panel.
35. Install the heater duct.
36. Install the transfer case shifter handle, if equipped.
37. Install the transfer case shift console, if equipped.
38. Install the right front sill trim plate.
39. Install the right front seat belt retractor.
40. Install the left front sill trim plate.
41. Install the left front seat belt retractor.

Carpet Replacement - Front (Utility)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front passenger seat.
2. Remove the front driver seat.
3. Remove the floor center console.
4. Remove the rear right side seat bolt covers.
5. Remove the rear right side seat bolts.
6. Remove the rear right side seat.
7. Remove the rear right side seat.
8. Remove the rear left side seat bolts.
9. Remove the rear left side seat.
10. Remove the floor mats.
11. Remove the transfer case shifter bezel, if
equipped.
12. Remove the right side seat belt retractor covers.
13. Remove the right side seat belt retractor bolts.

14. Remove the right side sill trim plates.

276943
15. Remove the left side sill trim plates.
16. Remove the right side center pillar trim.
17. Remove the left side center pillar trim.
18. Remove the right side kick panel.
19. Remove the left side kick panel.
20. Remove the floor vent grilles.

276945

21. Remove the carpet.

276947

Installation Procedure
1. Install the carpet.
2. Install the floor vent grilles.
3. Install the left side kick panel.
4. Install the right side kick panel.
5. Install the left side center pillar trim.
6. Install the right side center pillar trim.
7. Install the left side sill trim plates.

276943

8. Install the right side sill trim plates.


9. Install the left side seat belt retractor bolts.
10. Install the left side seat belt retractor covers.
11. Install the right side seat belt retractor bolts.
12. Install the right side seat belt retractor covers.
13. Install the transfer case shifter bezel, if equipped

14. Install the


15. Install the
16. Install the
17. Install the
18. Install the
19. Install the
20. Install the
21. Install the
22. Install the
23. Install the
24. Install the

276946
Headliner Replacement (Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement
2. Remove the assist handles,, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
3. Remove the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
4. Remove the upper windshield garnish molding.
Refer to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Remove the headliner.
5.1. Grasp the panel on the left side and the
right side near the front of the cab.
5.2. Disengage the front of the panel from
the roof.
6. Remove the retainers from the trim panel.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the retainers to the trim panel.
2. Install the headliner to the vehicle.
3. Insert the retainers into the windshield frame.
4. Install the upper windshield garnish molding. Refer
to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Install the rear window upper molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Upper
(Pickup, Extended, Crew Cab).
6. Install the quarter panel trim. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Rear Quarter (Pickup).
7. Install the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
8. Install the assist handle, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
9. Install the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement

H e a d lin e r R e p l a c e m e n t ( E x t e n d e d C a b )
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement.
2. Remove the assist handles, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
3. Remove the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
4. Remove the upper windshield garnish molding.
Refer to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Remove the headliner.
■ 5.1. Grasp the panel on the left side and the
right side near the front of the cab.
5.2. Disengage the front of the panel from
the roof.
6. Remove the retainers from the trim panel.
276472
Installation Procedure
1. Install the retainers to the trim panel.
2. Install the headliner to the vehicle.
3. Insert the retainers into the windshield frame.
4. Install the upper windshield garnish molding. Refer
to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Install the rear window upper molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Upper
(Pickup, Extended, Crew Cab).
6. Install the quarter panel trim. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Rear Quarter (Extended Cab).
7. Install the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
8 . Install the assist handle, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
9. Install the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement
276472

H e a d lin e r R e p l a c e m e n t (C r e w C a b )
R em oval P ro c ed u r e
1. Remove the sunshades. Refer \o Sunshade
Replacement.
2. Remove the assist handles, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
3. Remove the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
4. Remove the upper windshield garnish molding.
Refer to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Remove the headliner.
5.1. Grasp the panel on the left side and the
right side near the front of the cab.
5.2. Disengage the front of the panel from
the roof.
6. Remove the retainers from the trim panel.

Installation P ro ced u re
1. Install the retainers to the trim panel.
2. Install the headliner to the vehicle.
3. Insert the retainers into the windshield frame.
4. Install the upper windshield garnish molding. Refer
to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
5. Install the rear window upper molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Upper
(Pickup, Extended, Crew Cab).
6. Install the quarter panel trim. Refer to Trim Panel
Replacement - Rear Quarter (Crew Cab).
7. Install the rear window lower molding. Refer to
Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower.
8. Install the assist handle, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
9. Install the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement
276473
Headliner Replacement (Utility)
Removal P ro c ed u r e
1. Remove the assist handles, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
2. Remove the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement
3. Remove the windshield garnish moldings.. Refer to
Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar.
4. Remove the coat hooks. Refer to Coat
Hook Replacement.
5. Remove the dome lamps.
6. Remove the HVAC control assembly, if equipped.
Refer to Control Assembly Replacement in
Heater, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning.
7. Remove the upper windshield garnish moldings.
Refer to Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper.
8. Remove the rear seat belt upper trim covers.
9. Remove the side door lock pillar molding.
10. Remove the upper center trim panel.
11. Remove the cargo door lock pillar molding panel.
12. Remove the overhead console. Refer to
Console Replacement - Overhead
Installation P ro c ed u r e
1. Install the overhead console.
2. Install the cargo door lock pillar molding panel.
3. Install the upper center trim panel.
4. Install the side door lock pillar molding.
5. Install the rear seat belt upper trim covers.
6. Install the upper windshield garnish moldings.
7. Install the HVAC control assembly, if equipped.
8. Install the dome lamps.
9. Install the coat hooks.
10. Install the windshield garnish moldings.
11. Install the sunshades.
12. Install the assist handles, if equipped.

276476
Headliner Replacement (Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the assist handles, if equipped. Refer to
Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban).
2. Remove the sunshades. Refer to Sunshade
Replacement.
3. Remove the windshield garnish moldings. Refer to
Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar.
4. Remove the coat hooks. Refer to Coat
Hook Replacement.
5. Remove the dome lamps.

276474

Remove the HVAC control assembly, if equipped.


Refer to Control Assembly Replacement in
Heater, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning.
7. Remove upper windshield garnish moldings,
Refer to 77/s/? Molding Replacement - Upper.
8. Remove
9. Remove
10. Remove
11. Remove
12. Remove
Console

276475

Installation Procedure
1. Install the overhead console.
2. Install the cargo door lock pillar molding panel.
3. Install the upper center trim panel.
4. Install the side door lock pillar molding.
5. Install the rear seat belt upper trim covers.
6. Install the upper windshield garnish moldings.

276474
7. Install the HVAG control assembly, if equipped.
8. Install the dome lamps.
9. Install the coat hooks.
10. Install the windshield garnish moldings.
11. Install the sunshades.
12. Install the assist handles, if equipped.

Assist Handle Replacement (Suburban)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the handle screw covers.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the handle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle.
2. Install the screws.
3. Install the handle screw covers.
Assist Handle Replacement
(3rd Door Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the handle screw covers.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the handle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle.
2. Install the screws.
3. Install the handle screw covers.

276455

Assist Handle Replacement


(4 Door Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the handle screw covers.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the handle.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle.
2. Install the screws.
3. Install the handle screw covers.

Assist Handle Replacement (Pickup)


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the handle screw covers.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the handle.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle.
2. Install the screws.
3. Install the handle screw covers.

276452
Assist Handle Replacement
(Extended Cab Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the handle screw covers.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the handle.

276453

Installation Procedure
1. Install the handle.
2. Install the screws.
3. Install the handle screw covers.

276453

Coat Hook Replacement


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screw.
2. Remove the coat hook.

276463
Installation Procedure
1. Insta ll the coat hook.
2. Insta ll the screw.

276463

Console Replacement - Overhead


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the console (1) from the roof screw.
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
3. Remove the console (1).

276477

Installation Procedure
1. Install the console (1) to the roof.
2. Connect the electrical connectors.
N o tic e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Install the console to the roof screw.
Tighten
Tighten the overhead console screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
Sunshade Replacement
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the screws.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector, if equipped.
3. Remove the sunshade.

276448

Installation Procedure
1. Connect the electrical connector, if equipped.
2. Install the sunshade.
3. Install the screws.

276448

Garnish Molding Replacement -


Windshield Pillar
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the hinge pillar trim panel. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
2. Remove the windshield garnish molding.
Pull the molding straight out in order to release
the retainers.

276467
Installation Procedure
1. Install the windshield garnish molding.
2. Insert the molding retainers into the slots
and press.
3. Install the hinge pillar trim panel. Refer to Trim
Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.

Garnish Molding Replacement - Center


Pillar (Suburban)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door sill plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement.
2. Remove the seat belt pillar anchors, and the side
door lock pillars only.
3. Remove the pillar molding screws with the
convenience package.

4. Remove the pillar molding screws without the


convenience package.
5. Remove the Pillar moldings.

276926
Installation Procedure
1. Install the pillar moldings.
2. Install the pillar moldings screws to the pillar with
the convenience package.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and


Notices.

3. Install the pillar moldings screws to the pillar


without the convenience package.
Tighten
Tighten the pillar molding screws to
2 N-m (181b in).
4. Install the seat belt anchors to the pillars.
5. Install the door sill trim plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement.

Garnish Molding Replacement - Center


Pillar (Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door sill plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement Door Sill Plate Replacement.
2. Remove the seat belt pillar anchors, the side door
lock pillars only.
3. Remove the pillar molding screws.
4. Remove the pillar moldings.
Installation Procedure
1. Install the pillar moldings.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the pillar moldings screws to the pillar.
Tighten
Tighten the pillar molding screws to
2 N-m (181b in).
3. Install the seat belt anchors to the pillars.
4. Install the door sill trim plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement Door Sill Plate Replacement.

276539

Garnish Molding Replacement - Center


Pillar (Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the door sill plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement Door Sill Plate Replacement.
2. Remove the seat belt pillar anchors, the side door
lock pillars only.
3. Remove the pillar molding screws.
4. Remove the Pillar moldings.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the pillar moldings.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the pillar moldings screws to the pillar.
Tighten
Tighten the pillar molding screws to
2 N-m (18 1b in).
3. Install the seat belt anchors to the pillars.
4. Install the door sill trim plates. Refer to Door Sill
Plate Replacement Door Sill Plate Replacement.
Garnish Molding Replacement - Upper
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the upper windshield trim.
2. Remove the roof side door trim.
3. Remove the windshield pillar trim (1).

Installation Procedure
1. Install the windshield pillar trim (1).
2. Install the roof side door trim.
3. Install the upper windshield trim.

Garnish Molding Replacement -


Rear Door Upper
Removal Procedure
Remove the molding by pulling straight down.
Installation Procedure
Install the molding by inserting retainers into the slots
and pressing the molding into place.

275469

Molding Replacement - Rear Window


Upper (Pickup, Extended, Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the retainer screws, if equipped.
2. Remove the molding from the roof panel.
Slide the nylon slipstick, or the equivalent,
between the roof panel and the garnish molding
near the clips.
3. Pull the garnish molding downward while
performing the previous step.

276478

Installation Procedure
1. Install the molding to the rear body panel.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the retainer screws, if equipped.
Tighten
Tighten the upper garnish molding screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).

276478
Molding Replacement - Rear Window
Upper (Suburban and Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the retainer screws, if equipped.
2. Remove the molding from the roof panel.
Slide the nylon slipstick or the equivalent between
the roof panel and the garnish molding near
the clips.
3. Pull the garnish molding downward while
performing the previous step.

276482

Installation Procedure
1. Install the molding to the rear body panel.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the retainer screws, if equipped.
Tighten
Tighten the upper garnish molding screws to
2 N-m (181b in).

276482

Molding Replacement - Rear Window


Upper (Standard Pickup and Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the retainer screws, if equipped.
2. Remove the molding from the roof panel.
Slide the nylon slipstick, or the equivalent,
between the roof panel and the garnish molding
near the clips.
3. Pull the garnish molding downward while
performing the previous step.

276479
Installation Procedure
1. Install the molding to the rear body panel.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the retainer screws, if equipped.
Tighten
Tighten the upper garnish molding screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).

Molding Replacement - Rear Window


Upper (Extended Cab Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the retainer screws, if equipped.
2. Remove the molding from the roof panel.
Slide the nylon slipstick, or the equivalent,
between the roof panel and the garnish molding
near the clips.
3. Pull the garnish molding downward while
performing the previous step.

276480

Installation Procedure
1. Install the molding to the rear body panel.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the retainer screws, if equipped.
Tighten
Tighten the upper garnish molding screws to
2 N-m (18 1b in).

276480
Molding Replacement -
Rear Window Lower
Removal Procedure
1. Lightly pull the lower edge of the molding in order
to release the four clips.
2. Lift the molding up and away from the glass in
order to release the upper retainers.

276483

Installation Procedure
1. Align the molding clips with the holes in the body
panel along the back glass.
2. Snap the molding into place.
3. Apply light pressure along the top of the molding
at the glass.
4. Align the lower row molding clips.
5. Snap the lower portion of the molding into place.

Auxiliary Door Lock Switch Replacement


Removal Procedure
Use the power lock switch to unlock or lock all of the
doors. The power lock switch is located on the
passenger side of the rear cargo door or the tailgate.
Press the power door lock switch when the cargo
doors are open and all the doors lock 5 seconds after
the cargo doors close. Press the power door lock
switch to lock the vehicle doors when the
cargo doors close.
1. Remove the two screws on the right D pillar
trim panel.
2. Disconnect the wiring connector.
3. Unclip the switch.
4. Remove the switch.

276951
Installation Procedure
1. Clip the switch into location.
2. Connect the wiring connector.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
3. Install the two screws into the right D pillar
trim panel.
Tighten
Tighten the D pillar trim panel screws to
2 N-m (181b in).

276951

Carpet Replacement - Rear Panel


Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear window lower garnish molding.
Refer to Molding Replacement - Rear Window
Lower.
2. Remove the side rear trim panel.
3. Remove the side rear trim panel.
4. Remove the carpet retainers.
5. Remove the carpet panel.
6. Remove the carpet.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the carpet.
2. Install the carpet panel.
3. Install the carpet retainers.
4. Install the side rear lower panel.
5. Install the side rear lower panel.
6. Install the rear window lower garnish molding.
Refer to Molding Replacement - Rear Window
Lower.
Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the retainer screw.
2. Remove the trim panel from the retainers.

Installation-Procedure :
1. Install the trim panel to the retainers.
2. Install the retainer screw.

276537

Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter


(Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the coat hook. Refer to Coat Hook
Replacement.
2. Remove the seat belt guide.
3. Remove the seat belt retractor.
4. Remove the jack cover, the jack, and the jack tray
on the right side.
5. Remove the rear window lower garnish molding.
Refer to Molding Replacement - Rear Window
Lower.
6. Remove the quarter panel trim screws, pickup
and extended cab only.
7. Remove the rear screw from the sill trim plate,
pickup and crew cab only.
8. Remove the quarter panel.
276484
Installation Procedure
1. Install the quarter panel.
N o t i c e : Refer to F a s t e n e r N o t i c e in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the panel screws, pickup and crew
cab only.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3. Install the rear screw into the sill trim plate.
4. Install the rear window lower garnish molding.
5. Install the jack tray, the jack, and the cover on the
right side.
6. Install the seat belt retractor.
7. Install the seat belt guide.
8. Install the coat hook. Refer to M o l d i n g
R e p la c e m e n t - R e a r W in d o w L o w e r .

Trim Panel.Replacement - Rear Quarter


(Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the coat hook. Refer to C o a t H o o k
R e p la c e m e n t
2. Remove the seat belt guide.
3. Remove the seat belt retractor.
4. Remove the jack cover, the jack, the jack tray on
the right side.
5. Remove the rear window lower garnish molding.
Refer to M o l d i n g R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r W i n d o w
L o w e r.
6. Remove the quarter panel trim screws, pickup
and extended cab only.
7. Remove the rear screw from the sill trim plate,
pickup and crew cab only.
8. Remove the quarter panel.

Installation Procedure
1. Install the quarter panel.
N o t i c e : Refer to F a s t e n e r N o t i c e in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the panel screws, pickup and crew
cab only.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 1b in).
3. Install the rear screw into the sill trim plate.
4. Install the rear window lower garnish molding.
5. Install the jack tray, the jack, and the cover on the
right side.
6. Install the seat belt retractor.
7. Install the seat belt guide.
8. Install the coat hook. Refer to C o a t H o o k
R e p la c e m e n t
276485
Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
(Crew Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the coat hook. Refer to C o a t H o o k
R e p la c e m e n t.
2. Remove the seat belt guide.
3. Remove the seat belt retractor.
4. Remove the jack cover, the jack, the jack tray on
the right side.
5. Remove the rear window lower garnish molding.
Refer to M o l d i n g R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r W i n d o w
L o w e r.
6. Remove the quarter panel trim screws, pickup
and extended cab only.
7. Remove the rear screw from the sill trim plate,
pickup and crew cab only.
8. Remove the quarter trim panel (1).
Installation Procedure
1. Install the quarter trim panel (1).
Notice: Refer to F a s t e n e r N o t i c e in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the panel screws, pickup and crew
cab only.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3. Install the rear screw into the sill trim plate.
4. Install the rear window lower garnish molding.
5. Install the jack tray, the jack, and the cover on the
right side.
6. Install the seat belt retractor.
7. Install the seat belt guide.
8. Install the coat hook. Refer to M o l d i n g
R e p la c e m e n t - R e a r W in d o w L o w e r.

Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter


(Suburban)
Removal Procedure, Right Side
1. Remove the rear seat. Refer to S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t
- R e a r ( S u b u r b a n ) Seat Replacement - Rear or
S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r ( C r e w C a b ) Seat
Replacement - Rear Second Rear Seat.
2. Remove the armrest to the side panel screws.
3. Remove the armrest from the quarter panel trim.
4. Remove the rear blower motor trim cover.
5. Remove the cargo door pillar molding.
6. Remove the rear door lock pillar molding.
7. Remove the quarter panel trim screws.
8. Remove the quarter panel trim from the vehicle.
Lift the quarter panel in order to release the
quarter panel from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure, Right Side


1. Install the quarter panel trim to the vehicle.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the quarter panel trim screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3. install the rear door lock pillar molding to the
pillar.
4. Install the cargo door pillar molding to the pillar.
Refer Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
5. Install the rear blower motor trim cover.

6. Install the armrest to the quarter panel trim.


7. Install the armrest to the quarter panel trim
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim armrest screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
8. Install the rear seat. Refer to Seat Replacement -
Rear (Suburban) Seat Replacement - Rear or
Seat Replacement - Rear (Crew Cab) Seat
Replacement - Rear Second Rear Seat.
Removal Procedure, Left Side
1. Remove the rear seat. Refer to S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t
- R e a r ( S u b u r b a n ) Seat Replacement - Rear or
S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r ( C r e w C a b ) Seat
Replacement - Rear Second Rear Seat.
2. Remove the spare tire eover.
3. Remove the spare tire rest trim covers
4. Remove the spare tire rest bolts.
5. Remove the spare tire rest from the vehicle.
6. Remove the spare tire holder from the floor.
7. Remove the spare tire l-bolt from the vehicle.
8. Remove the armrest.
9. Remove the cargo door pillar moldings. Refer to
T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t - H i n g e P i l l a r Trim Panel
Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
10. Remove the intermediate seat belt to the rear
door pillar bolt.
11. Remove the rear door lock pillar molding. Refer to
T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t - H i n g e P i l l a r Trim Panel
Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
12. Remove the quarter panel trim screws.
13. Remove the quarter panel trim from the vehicle.

276501
Installation Procedure, Left Side
1. Install the quarter panel trim to the vehicle.
N o t i c e : Refer to F a s t e n e r N o t i c e in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the quarter panel trim screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3. Install the rear door lock pillar trim panel. Refer to
T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t - H i n g e P i l l a r Trim Panel
Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
4. Install the intermediate seat belt anchor to the
floor bolt.
5. Install the intermediate seat belt to the rear door
pillar bolt.
6. Install the cargo door pillar trim panels to the
pillar. Refer to T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t -
H i n g e P i l l a r Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge
Pillar.
7. Install the armrest.
8. Install the spare tire l-bolt to the vehicle.
9. Install the spare tire holder to the floor.
10. Install the spare tire rest to the vehicle.
11. Install the spare tire rest bolts.
12. Install the spare tire.
13. Install the spare tire cover.
14. Install the rear seat. Refer to S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t -
R e a r ( S u b u r b a n ) Seat Replacement - Rear or
S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r ( C r e w C a b ) Seat
Replacement - Rear Second Rear Seat.

276499
Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
(Utility)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the rear seat. Refer to S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t
- R e a r ( S u b u r b a n ) or S e a t R e p l a c e m e n t - R e a r
(C r e w C a b ).
2. Remove the armrest from the quarter panel trim.
3. Remove the rear blower motor trim cover.
4. Remove the cargo door pillar molding.
5. Remove the rear door lock pillar molding.
6. Remove the front door lock pillar molding.
7. Remove the quarter panel trim screws.
8. Remove the quarter panel trim from the vehicle.
Lift the quarter panel to release the quarter panel
from the vehicle.

Installation Procedure, Right Side


1. Install the quarter panel trim to the vehicle.
Notice: Refer to F a s t e n e r N o t i c e in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the quarter panel trim screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
3. Install the front door lock pillar molding to the
pillar. Refer to T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t - H i n g e
P illa r .
4. Install the cargo door pillar molding to the pillar.
Refer T r im P a n e l R e p l a c e m e n t - H i n g e P illa r .
5. Install the rear blower motor trim cover.
6. Install the armrest to the quarter panel trim.
7. Install the armrest to the quarter panel trim
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim armrest screws to
2 N-m (18 Ib in).
8. Install the rear seat.
Removal Procedure, Left Side
1. Remove the rear seat. Refer to Seat Replacement
- R ear (Suburban) or Seat Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab).
2. Remove the spare tire cover.
3. Remove the spare tire and the jack.
4. Remove the spare tire rest trim covers
5. Remove the spare tire rest bolts.
6. Remove the spare tire rest from the vehicle.
7. Remove the spare tire holder from the floor.
8. Remove the spare tire l-bolt from the vehicle.
9. Remove the armrest.
10. Remove the cargo door pillar moldings. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
11. Remove the intermediate seat belt to the rear
door pillar bolt.
12. Remove the rear door lock pillar molding. Refer to
276493
Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
13. Remove the quarter panel trim screws.
14. Remove the quarter panel trim from the vehicle.
Installation Procedure, Left Side
1. Install the quarter panel trim to the vehicle.
N o t i c e : Refer to Fastener Notice in Cautions and
Notices.
2. Install the quarter panel trim screws.
Tighten
Tighten the quarter panel trim screws to
2 N-m (181b in).
3. Install the rear door lock pillar trim panel. Refer to
Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar.
4. Install the intermediate seat belt anchor to the
floor bolt.
5. Install the intermediate seat belt to the rear door
pillar bolt.
6. Install the cargo door pillar trim panels to the
pillar. Refer to Trim Panel Replacement -
Hinge Pillar.
7. Install the
armrest. 276493

8. Install the
spare tire l-bolt to the vehicle.
9. Install the
spare tire holder to the floor.
10. Install the
spare tire rest to the vehicle.
11. Install the
spare tire rest bolts.
12. Install the
spare tire rest covers and the jack.
13. Install the
spare tire.
14. Install the
spare tire cover.
15. Install the
rear seat. Refer to Seat Replacement -
Rear (Suburban) or Seat Replacement - Rear
(Crew Cab).
Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
Lower (Pickup)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest, if equipped.
2. Remove the pocket from the lower panel, if
equipped.
3. Remove the lower panel screws.
4. Remove the panel from the vehicle.

276532

Installation Procedure
1. Install the panel to the vehicle.
2. Install the lower panel screws.
3. Install the pocket ot the lower panel, if equipped.
4. Install the armrest, if equipped.

276532

Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter


Lower (Extended Cab)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest, if equipped.
2. Remove the pocket from the lower panel, if
equipped.
3. Remove the lower panel screws.
4. Remove the panel from the vehicle.

276534
Installation Procedure
1. I nstall the panel to the vehicl e.
2. Install the lower panel screws.
3. Install the pocket of the lower panel, if equipped.
4. Install the armrest, if equipped.

Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter


Lower (Extended Cab w/Rear Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest, if equipped.
2. Remove the pocket from the lower panel, if
equipped.
3. Remove the lower panel screws.
4. Remove the panel from the vehicle.

276533

Installation Procedure
1. Install the panel to the vehicle.
2. Install the lower panel screws.
3. Install the pocket ot the lower panel, if equipped.
4. Install the armrest, if equipped.

276533
Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
Lower (Extended Cab w/o Rear Seat)
Removal Procedure
1. Remove the armrest, if equipped.
2. Remove the pocket from the lower panel, if
equipped.
3. Remove the lower panel screws.
4. Remove the panel from the vehicle.

276535

Installation Procedure
1. I nstal l the panel to the vehicle.
2. Install the lower panel screws.
3. Instal l the pocket ot the l ower panel, if equipped.
4. Install the armrest, if equipped.

276535
Cleaning Vinyl Trim Cleaning Agents
Remove soilage from vinyl with warm water and N o t i c e : Do NOT let materials with non-fast colors
mild soap. come in contact with seat trim materials until these
• Appl y a small amount of soap solution. materials are totally dry to avoid a permanent
discoloration of light colored seats. Do NOT let the
• Let the vinyl soak for a few minutes in order to
following materials come in contact with the fol lowing
loosen the dirt.
types of clothing:
• Rub briskly with a clean damp cloth to remove the
• Colored denim
dirt and traces of soap.
• Corduroy
• Repeat the steps several times if needed.
• Leather
Soilage will stain when left on trim from the following
substances: • Suede
• Tars Use the proper cleaning techniques and the proper
cleaners on the first cleaning to avoid the following
• Asphalt conditions:
• Shoe pol ish • Water spots
Wipe off the compounds quickly. Cl ean the area with a • Spot rings
clean cloth dampened with GM P/N 1050214 Vinyl
• Setting of stains
and Leather Cleaner or the equivalent.
• Soilage
Spot Cleaning Fabric Trim Remove dust and the loose dirt that often collects on
interior fabrics with a vacuum cleaner or a soft
Determine the type and the age of the spot or the
bristle brush. Wipe the vinyl trim regularly with a clean
stain. Remove some spots or stains with water or a
damp cloth.
mild soap solution. Remove spots or stains.
The following are stains that are almost impossible to Basic Steps Before Cleaning
remove completely:
1. Quickly remove the stains before the stains set.
• Lipsticks
2. Use a clean cloth or a sponge to clean the
• Inks area. Use a soft brush when stains persist.
• Grease 3. Use solvent-type cleaners only in a well
Do NOT enlarge the soiled area when cleaning this ventilated area.
type of stain. Use GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose 4. Do NOT saturate the stained area.
Powdered Cleaner or the equivalent for spot cleaning
5. Clean the entire area immediately when a ring
the following stains:
forms after spot cleaning the area.
• Grease
6. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for all the
• Oil cleaning agents.
• Fat stains
Gently scrape the excess stain from the trim material Cleaning of Fabric Trim
with a clean dull knife or scraper. Use GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose Powdered
• Use very little cleaner Cleaner or equivalent for this type of cleaning. Use
• Use light pressure GM P/N 1050429 or the equivalent for cleaning panel
sections where small cleaning rings may be left
• Use clean cloths
from spot cleaning.
• Cheesecloth is preferable.
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt
Start cleaning at the outside of the stain. Feather and mask the surrounding trim along the stitch or
toward the center. Use only the clean areas welt lines.
of the cloth.
1. Clean a whole trim panel.
Immediately dry the area with the following items in
2. Follow the directions on the container label when
order to prevent a cleaning ring:
mixing the cleaner.
• Air hose
3. Mix the cleaner in proportion for smaller quantities.
• Heat dryer
4. Use suds on a clean sponge.
• Heat lamp
5. Do not saturate the material.
Use caution when using a heat dryer or lamp to
6. Do not rub the material harshly.
prevent fabric damage.
7. Wipe off the remaining residue with a slightly
Immediately repeat the cleaning operation over a
damp absorbent towel or cloth.
slightly larger area, while feathering toward the center,
if a ring forms. Mask off the surrounding trim areas 8. Dry the material with an air hose, a heat dryer, or
when the ring still remains. Clean the area with a heat lamp.
GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner or 9. Use care with a heat dryer or a heat lamp in order
the equivalent. to prevent fabric damage.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces Non-Greasy Stains
Clean glass surfaces on a regul ar basis. Non-greasy stains include the following stains:
1. Use GM P/N 1050427 Glass C l eaner or the • Catsup
equivalent to remove normal tobacco smoke and • Black coffee
dust films. • Egg
2. Use a nonabrasive cleanser on the outside of the ® Fruit
windshield.
• Fruit Juice
3. Clean the wiper blades with a cloth soaked in a
solution of one-half water and one-half • Milk
GM P/N 1051515 Opticlean® or the equivalent. • Soft Drinks
4. Use an alternative solution of one-half water and • Wine
one-half methanol alcohol when Opticlean® is not • Vomit
available. • Bl ood
5. Rinse the blade with water. • Urine
1. Carefully scrape off the excess matter.
Removal of Specific Stains
2. Sponge the stain with cool water.
Grease or Oily Stains 3. Use the GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose
Stains are caused by the following substances: Powdered Cleaner or the equivalent.
• Grease 4. Treat the area with a water/baking soda solution
• Oil of 5 milliliters, 1 teaspoon, of baking soda to
250 milliliters, 1 cup, of lukewarm water.
• Butter
5. Clean lightly with GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose
• Margarine Powdered Cleaner or the equivalent if needed.
• Shoe polish
Combination Stains
• Coffee with cream
Combination stains include the following stains:
• Chewing Gum
• Candy
• Cosmetic Creams
• Ice cream
• Vegetable oils
• Mayonnaise
• Wax crayon
• Chili sauce
• Tar
• Stains of unknown origin
• Asphalt
Carefully scrape off the excess matter. 1. Carefully scrape off the excess matter.
2. Clean the stain with cold water.
Use GM P/N 1050429 Multi-Purpose Powdered
Cleaner. 3. Allow the area to dry.
Remove the following substances as soon as possible: 4. Clean the stain with GM P/N 1050429
Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner if the
• Shoe polish
stain persists.
• Wax crayons
• Tar W eatherstrip Lubrication
• Asphalt 1. Using a clean cloth, apply a thin coat of silicone
Use care when using the cleaner. The cleaner may grease to all the weatherstrips.
cause stains to bleed. 2. Silicone grease is used for the following reasons:
• Lengthen weather-strip life
• Help sealing
• Help eliminate squeaks

You might also like